COLOUR TELEVISION
HV-34LPZ
HV-29LPZ
Contents
Setting up your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
TV buttons and functions . . . . . . . . 6
Remote control buttons
and functions . . . 8
Using the TV's menu. . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
PICTURE SETTING menu . . . . . 20
PICTURE FEATURES menu . . . 21
SOUND SETTING menu . . . . . . 24
FEATURES menu . . . . . . . . . . . 26
INSTALL menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
DEMO menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Additional preparation . . . . . . . . . . 36
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
INSTRUCTIONS
LCT1218-001A-H
0402-Ki-NV-JMT
© 2002 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting up your TV
CAUTION
• Turn off all the epuipment including the TV
before connecting anything.
1
Connecting the aerial and VCR
• Aerial cable is not supplied. Use a good
quality 75-ohm coaxial cable.
Fig.A
• Read the manual that came with the VCR
before connecting.
If not connecting a VCR (see fig.A) :
Connect an aerial cable to the aerial socket
on this TV .
Back of the TV
AUDIO
L/MONO VIDEO
R
S
OVER
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
If connecting a VCR (see fig.B) :
1 Connect the aerial cable to the aerial
input socket on the VCR, and
connect the VCR and TV with
another aerial cable.
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
VIDEO-3/
COMPONENT
R AUDIO L/MONO
OUTPUT
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
2 Connect the VCR's VIDEO OUT
(video output) jack and the TV's
VIDEO jack with a video cable.
AV COMPULINK
To connect a VCR to the TV with an S-VIDEO
cable:
Fig.B
Connect the VCR's S-VIDEO OUT (S-VIDEO
output) connector and TV's S connector with an S-
VIDEO cable A, instead of connecting with a
video cable .
Back of the TV
AUDIO
L/MONO VIDEO
R
S
A
OVER
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
3 Connect the VCR's VIDEO OUT
(audio L/R output) jacks and the TV's
AUDIO jacks (L/MONO and R) with
an audio cable.
VIDEO-3/
COMPONENT
R
AUDIO L/MONO
OUTPUT
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
AV COMPULINK
• If the VCR's audio output is in mono, connect
the VCR's AUDIO OUT (audio output) jack
and the TV's AUDIO L/MONO jack with an
audio cable.
• You can use the AV COMPU LINK function if
your VCR has an AV COMPU LINK terminal.
For details, see “Connecting AV COMPU LINK
Supported Devices” on page 38.
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting up your TV
2 Connecting the power cord
Connect the mains plug to the AC outlet.
3 Putting the batteries into the
Remote control
Use two AA/R6 batteries.
Insert the batteries from the
end, making sure the
and polaritiles are correct.
• Follow the warnings printed on the batteries.
• If the remote control does not work properly,
replace the batteries.
• The batteries we supply are only for setting up
and testing your TV. Please replace them as soon
as necessary.
4 Making the initial settings
When the TV is first turned on, it enters the initial
setting mode, and the JVC logo is displayed.
1 Press the main power button on the TV
The TV is turned on, and the JVC logo appears.
• If the power lamp on the TV lights red and does
not change to green, your TV is in the standby
mode. Press the POWER button on the remote
control to turn the TV on.
SPATIALIZER ECO POWER
• If the JVC logo does not appear, your TV has
already been turned before. In this case,use the
"LANGUAGE" and "AUTO PROGRAM" functions
to make the initial settings. For details, see
"INSTALL menu" on page 29.
POWER lamp
Main power button
2 Press the MENU/OK button
The LANGUAGE menu appears. You can choose
a language for the on-screen language.
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Setting up your TV
3 Press the
/
buttons to choose
POWER
TV/VIDEO
ENGLISH. Then press the MENU/OK
button.
PICTURE
MODE
ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS
The AUTO PROGRAM function starts.
The TV channels you receive are automatically
stored in the programme numbers list.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
AUTO PROGRAM
CH
10
7
20%
RETURN
OK
:OK
DISP
:BACK
MULTI
• To cancel the AUTO PROGRAM function, press
the DISPLAY button.
MUTING
4 After the TV channels have been
stored in the programme number (PR)
list, the EDIT menu appears.
EDIT
PIP
SUB-P
NEXT
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
PIP
POSITION
FREEZE
SWAP
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
22
23
24
25
26
01
02
03
STROBE
DISPLAY
MENU/
OK
OK
TV
:OK
ID
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
:EXIT
:BACK
MOVE
DISP
SYSTEM
COLOUR SOUND
TV/TEXT
• You can proceed to edit the programme
numbers list using the EDIT/MANUAL function.
For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.
HOLD
MODE
REVEAL
SIZE
SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL
INDEX
• If a TV cannel you want to view is not stored in
the programme numbers list, you can register it
using the MANUAL function.
TEXT
For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page 30.
• The AUTO PROGRAM function does not store a
TV channel to the programme number 0 (AV).
• If you do not need to use the EDIT/MANUAL
function, press the MENU/OK button to close the
EDIT menu.
Now, the setting up is complete.
Please enjoy your new JVC TV!
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TV buttons and functions
Turn the main power on
Press the main power button 1 .
The POWER lamp 2 lights red and your TV is
in the standby mode.
To turn the main power off :
press the main power button again.
The POWER lamp 2 goes off.
Turn the TV on from standby
mode
Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons 5 .
The POWER lamp 2 lights red to green and
your TV will be turned on.
SPATIALIZER ECO POWER
• You can also turn on the TV by pressing the
TV/VIDEO button 3 while it is in standby
mode.
8 2
7
Choose a TV channel
1
9
Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons 5 .
Choose a VIDEO terminal
Press the TV/VIDEO button 3 or
CHANNEL-/+ buttons 5 .
Adjust the volume
Press the VOLUME-/+ buttons 4 .
The volume level indicater appears.
MENU button 6
Press to open the menu.
For details, see "Operation with the buttons on
the TV" on page 19.
(Behind the cover)
OVER
V
L/MONO
R
S
MENU
OK
CHANEL
VOLUME TV/VIDEO
EXIT
IN (VIDEO-4)
Remote control sensor
and ECO sensor 9
0
-
6 5 4 3
ECO lamp 7
If you set the DIGITAL ECO SENSOR
function to ON or DISPLAY, the ECO lamp lights.
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TV buttons and functions
SPATIALIZER lamp 8
If you set the SPATIALIZER function to MONO
or LIVE,the SPATIALIZER lamp lights.
Headphone jack 0
Connect the headphones with a stereo
mini-jack (3.5mm in diameter).
When using the headphones, follow the
operation procedure "HEADPHONE" on
page 25.
A
UDIO
L/MONO
VIDEO
S
R
OVER
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
A
UDIO
VIDEO-3
COMPONENT
R
L
/
M
O
N
O
OUTPUT
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
A
V
C
O
M
P
U
L
I
N
K
VIDEO-1 terminal =
• See page 3 and 36.
AUDIO
L/MONO
VIDEO
S
R
OVER
VIDEO-2 terminal ~
• See page 36.
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
=
~
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
VIDEO-3/
COMPONENT
R AUDLI/OMONO
VIDEO-3/COMPONENT
terminal !
!
@
OUTPUT
• See page 28 and 36.
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
AV COMPU LINK
VIDEO-4 terminal -
• See page 36.
$
#
OUTPUT terminal @
• See page 36.
Aerial socket #
Connect the aerial cable.
• See page 3.
AV COMPU LINK terminal $
• See page 36 and 38.
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
Turn the TV on from standby mode
Press the POWER button.
The POWER lamp lights red to green and your TV will be
turned on.
POWER
TV/VIDEO
PICTURE
MODE
• You can turn on the TV from the standby mode by
ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS
pressing the TV/VIDEO button, the CHANNEL -/+
buttons or the number buttons.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
To turn the TV off:
Press the POWER button again.
The POWER lamp changes from green to red and the TV
enters standby mode.
7
RETURN
Choose a TV channel
MULTI
Choose a programme number in which a TV channel has
been set.
MUTING
Press the CHANNEL-/+ buttons or enter the
programme number (PR) with the number
buttons.
• If you want to put a two-digit channel into the TV,
press the -/--button to change to the two-digit entry
system.
PIP
SUB-P
NEXT
PIP
POSITION
FREEZE
SWAP
STROBE
DISPLAY
• You can select a channel from the PR LIST. For
details, see "DISPLAY button" on page 11.
MENU/
OK
• If you do not have a clear picture or no colour
appears, follow the operation procedure "COLOUR
SYSTEM button" on page 11.
• If you cannot hear sound normally even when the
picture appears normally, follow the operation
procedure "SOUND SYSTEM button" on page 12.
SYSTEM
COLOUR SOUND
TV/TEXT
HOLD
MODE
REVEAL
SIZE
SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL
INDEX
Adjust the volume
TEXT
Press the VOLUME-/+ buttons.
• You cannot adjust the volume of your headphones.
Follow the operation procedure "HEADPHONE" on
page 25.
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
16:9
Watch images from external
devices
Choose a VIDEO terminal to which the external
device has been connected.
This mode converts a normal picture (4:3
aspect ratio) into a Wide picture (16:9 as-
pect ratio).
Press the TV/VIDEO button.
• You can choose a VIDEO terminal with the
CHANNEL -/+ buttons or from the PR LIST.
To return to a TV channel:
Press the TV/VIDEO button, the CHANNEL-/+
buttons or the number buttons.
• Use for picture with a 16:9 aspect
ratio that have been squeezed into a
normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio), you
can restore their original demensions.
MUTING button
Press the MUTING button to turn off
the volume. Pressing the MUTING
button again resumes the previous
volume level.
SPATIALIZER button
You can enjoy Surround sound with a
"live" effect by using the SPATIALIZER
function.
Press the SPATIALIZER button to
choose a mode.
ZOOM button
You can change the screen size according to the
picture aspect ratio. Choose the optimum one
from the following ZOOM modes.
LIVE :
Live allows you to enjoy normal stereo
sound converting it into surround sound
with added depth and ambience.
Press the ZOOM button to choose a
mode.
MONO :
• If you press the ZOOM button when
receiving the Progressive Video Signal (525P
signal), “525P” appears on the screen and
the ZOOM function does not operate.
Mono allows you to enjoy normal
monaural sound by converting it into a
stereo-like sound.
OFF :
REGULAR
This function is turned off.
Use to view a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio) as
its original size is.
• The LIVE mode works properly only
with stereo sound.
• The LIVE mode does not work
correctly with headphones.
• The MONO mode works properly only
with monaural sound.
ZOOM
You can zoom up the Wide picture (16:9 aspect
ratio) to fill the TV screen.
The SPATIALIZER is manufactured under
lisense from Desper Products,Inc.
• The left side and right side of the Wide
picture (16:9 aspect ratio) will be cut off.
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
To register a TV channel as the
"Return Channel" :
BASS button
You can enjoy a powerful bass sound by
using the SUPER BASS(Super Bass Reflex)
function.
Choose the Programme number to which
the channel you want to register has been
set, and press the RETURN+ button and
hold for more than 3 seconds continuously.
"RETURN PLUS PROGRAMMED!" is
displayed and the registration is com-
pleted.
Press the BASS button to turn the
SUPER BASS function on or off.
ON :
This function is turned on.
To cancel register a TV channel as the
"Return Channel" :
OFF :
This function is turned off.
while viewing any TV channel, press the
RETURN+ button and hold for more than 3
seconds continuously. "RETURN PLUS
CANCELED!" is displayed and the regist-
ration is cancelled.
PICTURE MODE button
You can choose one of three PICTURE
MODEs (three kinds of picture setting) to
adjust the picture settings automatically.
• When you turn off the TV, the
registration for the "Return Channel" is
cancelled.
Press the PICTURE MODE button
choose a mode.
• If you want to view the "Return Channel"
and another TV channel alternately, first
choose a channel other than the
"Return Channel". and then press the
RETURN+ button to change the
channel to the "Return Channel" In this
way, you can view two channels
alternately by pressing the RETURN+
button.
BRIGHT :
Heightens contrast and sharpness.
STANDARD :
Standardizes picture adjustment.
SOFT :
Softens contrast and sharpness.
RETURN function :
The TV temporarily memorises the TV
channel that was choosen right before the
current TV channel as the "Last Channel".
By pressing the RETUTN+ button, you can
alternately view the current TV channel and
the "Last Channel".
RETURN+ button
The RETURN+ button has two functions;
the RETURN+ function and the RETURN
function. If a channel has been registerd as
the "Return Channel", the RETURN+
function operates. If there is no setting for
the "Return Channel", the RETURN
function operates.
• If you want to view two channels
alternately by using the RETURN
function, first choose one TV channel
and then choose the other TV channel
with the Number buttons. If you choose
the TV channel without using the
Number buttons, there are cases where
a channel other than the one you first
chose is registered as the "Last
Channel".
RETURN+ function :
By registering a channel you frequently
view as the "Return Channel", you can
select that channel at any time simply by
pressing the RETURN+ button.
10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
/ button
Choose a TV channel or a
VIDEO terminal
1 Press the DISPLAY button to
When you are viewing a bilingual broadcast
programme, you can choose the sound from
Bilingual I (Sub I) or Bilingual II (Sub II). When
the stereo broadcasting is received poorly,
you can change from stereo to mono sound
so that you can hear the broadcast more
clearly and easily.
display the PR LIST.
2 Press the
/
and
/
buttons
to choose a programme number
or VIDEO terminal.
Then press the MENU/OK
button.
Press the
choose a sound mode.
/ button to
• For programme numbers with the
CHANNEL GUARD function set, the
(CHANNEL GUARD) mark is displayed
next to the programme number in the PR
LIST.
: Stereo sound
: mono sound
: Bilingual I (sub I)
: Bilingual II (sub II)
• The VIDEO terminals are registered after
the programme number PR99.
MONO : Cancels the Multi Sound function,
and the sound becomes monaural.
• The sound mode you can choose differs
depending on the TV programme.
COLOUR SYSTEM button
The colour system is chosen automatically.
However, if the picture is not clear or no
colour appears, choose the colour system
manually.
• This function does not work in the VIDEO
modes.
Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button
to choose the appropriate colour
system.
DISPLAY button
You can display the PR LIST, programme
number or VIDEO terminal number on the
screen.
AUTO :
Press the DISPLAY button.
Press the DISPLAY button changes the
display as follows:
This function detects a colour system from
the input signal.
• The AUTO mode may not function
properly if you have poor signal quality.
If the picture is abnormal in the AUTO
mode, choose another colour system
manually.
PR LIST
PR
ID
1
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
• The AUTO mode detects a colour system
from the input signal and chooses the
appropiate colour system automatically.
No indication
OK
TV
:OK
:EXIT
• When changing the COLOUR SYSTEM of
the SUB-picture, see "Change the colour
system of the SUB-picture" on page 15
for details.
-10
+10
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
• For the colour systems in each
BROADCASTING SYSTEMS
For sound sysytem colour system in your country
or rigion, refer to the table below.
country or region, see the table
"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on
page 12.
COLOUR SYSTEM
SOUND SYSTEM button
Area
Country or Region
System
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,
United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore,
Thailand, India, etc.
The sound system is chosen automati-
cally. However, if you cannot hear the
sound normally even when the picture
appears normally, chooes the sound
system maunually.
PAL
Asia,
China, Vietnam, etc
Hong Kong, etc
PAL
PAL
Middle
East
Press the SOUND SYSTEM
button to choose the appropriate
sound system.
Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon,
Saudi Arabia, etc.
SECAM
Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc
NTSC
SECAM
PAL
Russia, etc
B/G : B/G system
Czech Republic, Poland, etc
Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc
UK, etc
Europe
I
: I system
PAL
D/K : D/K system
PAL
PAL
PAL
Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc
M
: M system
Republic of South Africa, etc
Africa
• This function does not work in the
Nigeria, etc
PAL
VIDEO mode.
Egypt, Morocco, etc
SECAM
• For the sound systems in each
country or region, see the table
"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on
page 12.
SOUND SYSTEM
Area
Country or Region
System
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,
United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore,
Thailand, India, etc.
B/G
Asia,
Middle
East
China, Vietnam, etc
Hong Kong, etc
D/K
I
Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon,
Saudi Arabia, etc.
B/G
M
Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc
Russia, etc
D/K
D/K
B/G
I
Czech Republic, Poland, etc
Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc
UK, etc
Europe
Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc
Republic of South Africa, etc
B/G
I
Africa
Nigeria, etc
B/G
B/G
Egypt, Morocco, etc
12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
• If you press the STROBE button when
receiving the Progressive Video Signal
(525P signal), “525P” appears on the
screen and the STROBE function does
not operate.
FREEZE button
You can view the Main picture's forzen image
as the SUB-picture.
Press the FREEZE button.
• You cannot change the TINT setting for
the still images on the screen even if
you are viewing a programme with
NTSC colour system.
Still pictures
MAIN
To cancel the FREEZE function :
Press the FREEZE button again.
Using the MULTI
function
You can display multi-pictures that enable
you to easily find a program you want to
view.
• You cannot use the FREEZE button when
the SUB-picture or the MAIN-picture are
displayed on the screen.
• If you press the FREEZE button when
receiving the Progressive Video Signal
(525P signal), “525P” appears on the
screen and the FREEZE function does
not operate.
1 Press the MULTI button.
Press the MULTI button changes the
display as follow:
5-pictures multi mode
2
1
STROBE button
Still
pictures
3
4
5
You can view the MAIN-picture as 15
consecutive still images.
MAIN
Press the STROBE button.
Moving
picture
16-pictures multi mode
1
2
4
3
Still
5
6
8
7
pictures
Moving
picture
9
10
14
12
16
11
15
5
13
Moving
picture
To cancel the STROBE function:
Press the STROBE button to return to the
MAIN-picture.
• If signal level of the MAIN-picture is
weak, the still images become abnormal.
Cancel the MULTI function
• You cannot use the STROBE button
when the SUB-picture or the MAIN-
picture are displayed on the screen.
To display next Multi pictures :
Press the NEXT button.
13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
2 Choose the desired picture with
Using the PIP function
You can view two pictures (MAIN and SUB) at
the
/
and
/
buttons, and
then press the MENU/OK button.
the same time.
The screen switches to the TV channel or
VIDEO mode of your choice.
Press the PIP button.
Press the PIP button changes the display as
follows:
• Any programme numbers to which no TV
channel has been registered, or
programme numbers to which
CHANNEL GUARD has been set is not
displayed.
Twin pictures mode
2
5
• You cannot perform menu operations
such as headphone volume adjustment.
Cancel the MULTI function once to
perform menu operations.
MAIN
SUB
• If you press the MULTI button when
receiving the Progressive Video Signal
(525P signal), “525P” appears on the
screen and the MULTI function does not
operate.
Picture in picture mode
2
SUB
5
MAIN
• During the short period that is required
for the Multi-pictures display to close no
sound comes from the television.
Cancel the PIP function
• You cannot view a picture from the same
programme number (or the same VIDEO
terminal) as both the MAIN-picture and
the SUB-picture at the same time.
• If the MAIN-picture signal is poor, then the
quality of the SUB-picture may also be
poor.
• If the picture standards of both pictures
are different, the top and bottom or one of
them may be missing.
• The ZOOM function does not operate
when viewing pictures using the PIP
function.
• The SUB-picture cannot be output from
TV.
• If you press the PIP button when receiving
the Progressive Video Signal (525P
signal), “525P” appears on the screen
and the PIP function does not operate.
14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
• You cannot change the COLOUR
SYSTEM of the SUB-picture using the
COLOUR SYSTEM button on the remote
control.
Choose a TV channel for
the SUB-picture
Press the SUB-P -/+ button.
POSITION button
You can adjust the position of the SUB-
Picture when using the Picture in picture
mode.
Listen to the sound of SUB-
picture
You can listen to the sound of SUB-picture on
your headphones while listening to the sound
of MAIN-picture on the TV speakers.
Press the POSITION button
repeatedly.
For details, see "HEADPHONE" on page 25.
Each time you press the button, the SUB-
Picture moves counterclockwise.
Change the colour system
of the SUB-picture
1 While the SUB-picture is dis-
played, press the MENU/OK
button to display the MENU
(main manu).
2 Press the
/
and
/
buttons
to choose PICTURE FEATURES,
and then press the MENU/OK
button.
SWAP button
You can replace the MAIN-picture and the
SUB-picture with each other.
3 Press the
/
buttons to
choose COLOUR SYSTEM, and
then press the MENU/OK button.
Press the SWAP button.
COLOUR SYSTEM
MAIN
SUB
NTSC 3.58
AUTO
OK
TV
:OK
:EXIT
:BACK
DISP
4 Press the
choose SUB, and then press the
buttons to choose the
/
buttons to
• Do not press the SWAP button while you
are recording the TV output on the VCR.
If you do, the output signal will change.
/
appropriate colour system. Then
press the MENU/OK button.
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
Viewing a teletext
programme
1 Choose a TV channel with a
teletext broadcast.
HOLD button
You can hold a teletext page on the screen
for as long as you want, even while several
other teletext pages are being received.
Press the HOLD button.
2 Press the TV/TEXT button.
The
(hold) are displayed at the top left
Press the TV/TEXT button changes the
mode as follows:
of the screen.
To cancel the Hold function:
Press the HOLD button again.
REVEAL button
Some teletext pages include hidden text
(such as answers to a quiz).
TV mode
TV and
Text mode
You can display the hidden text.
Each time you press the REVEAL
button, text is hidden or revealed.
SIZE button
Text mode
You can double the height of teletext
display.
3 Choose a teletext page by
pressing the CHANNEL-/+
buttons, number buttons or
coloured buttons.
Press the SIZE button.
INDEX button
You can return to the index page instantly.
To return to the TV mode:
Press the TV/TEXT button or TV/VIDEO
button.
Press the INDEX button.
• In the List mode, you can return to the
page number displayed in the lower left
area of the screen.
• If you have trouble receiving tetetext
broadcasts, consult your local dealer or
the broadcast station.
CANCEL button
You can serch for a teletext page while
watching TV.
• In the Text mode, the ZOOM mode is
fixed to the REGULAR mode.
• No menu operations are possible when
viewing a teletext programme.
1 Press the number button to
enter a page number, or press
the coloured button.
• If characters on a teletext programme do
not appear properly, change the
TELETEXT LANGUAGE setting. For
details, see “TELETEXT LANGUAGE” on
page 34.
The TV searches for a teletext page.
16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Remote control buttons and functions
2 Press the CANCEL button.
Using the List mode
You can store the numbers of your favourite
teletext pages in memory and call them up
quickly using the coloured buttons.
The TV programme appears. When the
TV finds the teletext page, its page
number appears in the upper left of the
screen.
To store the page numbers :
1 Press the MODE button to
engage the List mode.
3 Press the CANCEL button to
return to a teletext page when
the page number is on the
screen.
The stored page numbers are displayed
at the buttom of the screen.
• You cannot return to the TV mode with
the CANCEL button.
2 Press a coloured button to
choose a position. Then press
the number buttons to enter the
page number.
SUBPAGE button
Some teletext pages include sub-pages that
are automatically displayed. You can hold
any sub-page, or veiw it at any time.
3 Press and hold down the
STORE button.
1 Press the SUBPAGE button to
operate the Sub-page function.
The four page numbers blink white to
indicate that they are stored in memory.
Sub-page numbers are displayed at the
left of the screen.
To call up a stored page :
1 Press the MODE button to
engage the List mode.
2 Press a coloured button to
which a page has been as-
signed.
Colour*
Yellow
White
Meaning of sub-page number
Currently being displayed.
Can be displayed.
Cannot be displayed and
it is not sent.
Blue or Red
* : Background color of the sub-page
number.
To exit the List mode :
Press the MODE button again.
2 Press the CHANNEL -/+ buttons
to choose a sub-page number.
To cancel the Sub-page function:
Press the SUBPAGE button again.
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
This TV has a number of functions you can operate using menus.
To fully utilize all your TV's functions, you need to understand the basic menu operating
techniques fully.
Basic operation
POWER
TV/VIDEO
1 Press the MENU/OK button to display
PICTURE
MODE
the MENU (main menu).
ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS
MENU
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
PICTURE SETTING
PICTURE FEATURES
SOUND SETTING
FEATURES
INSTALL
DEMO
6
9
7
OK
:OK
RETURN
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
MULTI
• The display appearing at the bottom of a menu
indicates buttons on the remote control you
can use when you operate a chosen function.
MUTING
MENU/OK button
TV/VIDEO button
DISPLAY button
OK
TV
PIP
SUB-P
NEXT
DISP.
PIP
POSITION
FREEZE
SWAP
STROBE
DISPLAY
MENU/
OK
2 Press the
/
and
/
buttons to
choose a menu title, and press the
MENU/OK button.
The menu appears.
SYSTEM
COLOUR SOUND
To return to the previous menu:
TV/TEXT
Press the DISPLAY button.
HOLD
MODE
REVEAL
SIZE
To exit a menu instantly:
SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL
INDEX
Press the TV/VIDEO button.
TEXT
3 Press the
function.
/
buttons to choose a
• For details of the functions in the menus, see
the following pages.
18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
4 Press the
/
buttons to
choose the setting of that func-
tion.
• If you want to operate a function which
appears only with its name, follow the
descriptions of that function on the
following pages.
5 Press the MENU/OK button to
comple the setting.
The menu disappears.
• When watching the television with the
NTSC system, the menus are displayed
at about half of their normal verical size.
Operation with the
buttons on the TV
You can also operate the menus using the
buttons on the front panel of the TV.
OK
button
TV/VIDEO
button
/
/
buttons
buttons
MENU
OK
CHANEL
VOLUME TV/VIDEO
EXIT
• There is no button on the front panel of
the TV that has the function of the
DISPLAY or coloured buttons.
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
PICTURE SETTING menu
SHARP
You can adjust the picture sharpness.
PICTURE SETTING
: softer
: sharper
PICTURE MODE
CONTRAST
STANDARD
BRIGHT
SHARP
COLOUR
• You cannot select the SHARP function
when receiving the Progressive Video
Signal (525P signal).
TINT
WHITE BALANCE
DIGITAL ECO SENSOR
MID
ON
OK
:OK
RESET
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
COLOUR
You can adjust the picture colour.
: lighter
: deeper
PICTURE MODE
You can choose one of three PICTURE
MODEs to adjust the picture settings
automatically.
TINT
You can adjust the picture tint.
: reddish
BRIGHT:
Heightens contrast and sharpness.
: greenish
STANDARD:
Standardizes picture adjustment.
• You can change the TINT setting (picture
tint) only when the colour system is
NTSC 3.58 or NTSC 4.43.
SOFT:
• You cannot select the TINT function when
receiving the Progressive Video Signal
(525P signal).
Softens contrast and sharpness.
• You can also operate the PICTURE
MODE function with the PICTURE MODE
button on the remote control.
For details, see "PICTURE MODE button"
on page 10.
To return to the default settings
in each PICTURE MODE :
Press the blue button. Returns the picture
settings in the currently chosen PICTURE
MODE mode to the default settings, and
stores them in the PICTURE MODE again.
Adjusting the picture
You can change the picture settings of each
picture mode as you like. The picture settings
changed are stored in the picture mode.
WHITE BALANCE
You can select one of three WHITE
BALANCE modes (three tones of white) to
adjust the white balance of the picture. Since
white is the colour which is used as a
refernce for all the other colours, changing
the WHITE BALANCE mode affects the
appearance of all the other colours on the
screen.
CONTRAST
You can adjust the picture contrast.
: lower
: higer
BRIGHT
You can adjust the picture brighetness.
: darker
: brighter
COOL:
A bluish white. Using this mode when
watching bright pictures allows you to enjoy
a more vivid and bright picture.
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
MID:
PICTURE FEATURES menu
The normal white colour.
PICTURE FEATURES
WARM:
DIGITAL VNR
DigiPure
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
PULL DOWN
COLOUR SYSTEM
ZOOM
A raddish white. Using this mode when
watching films allows you to enjoy colours
that are characteristic of films.
PICTIRE TILT
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
• You cannot select the WHITE BALANCE
function in the Twin pictures mode or the
16:9 mode of the ZOOM function.
DISP
:BACK
DIGITAL VNR
The DIGITAL VNR function cuts down the
amount of noise in the original picture.
DIGITAL ECO SENSOR
When you set the DIGITAL ECO SENSOR
function to ON, the screen contrast is auto-
matically adjusted to a setting suitable for the
brightness of your room. This reduces eye
strain for you and the power consumption of
the TV.
• You cannot select the DIGITAL VNR
function when receiving the Progressive
Video Signal (525P signal).
AUTO:
The TV will be automatically adjust the level
of the DIGITAL VNR effect to match the
amount of noise in the picture, giving you the
best possible picture.
ON :
This function is turned on.
OFF :
This function is turned off.
• If you set the DIGITAL VNR effect too
high it can make the picture less sharp.
It is recommended to use the AUTO
setting if you can.
DISPLAY :
This function is turned on. Further, clover
marks indicating the brightness of your
room are displayed for several seconds each
time the brightness changes. The number of
clover marks displayed on the screen
MAX:
The level of the DIGITAL VNR effect is set to
the maximum. If you set the DIGITAL VNR
function to AUTO but still notice some noise,
change the setting from AUTO to MAX.
increases as your room becomes darker.
• The MAX setting is not suitable for high-
quality pictures which contain a lot of
noise.
MIN:
The level of the DIGITAL VNR effect is set to
the minimun. If you set the DIGITAL VNR
function to AUTO but feel that the sharpness
of the original picture has not been
reproduced fully, change the setting from
AUTO to MIN.
• The MIN setting is not suitable for low-
quality pictures which contain a lot of
noise.
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
MIN:
DigiPure
The level of the DigiPure effect is set to the
minimun. When you set the DigiPure function
to AUTO and notice some noise, change the
setting from AUTO to MIN.
The Digipure function uses the latest in
digital technology to give you a natural
looking picture. The Digipure function
includes the following two functions.
• The MIN setting is not suitable for high-
quality pictures which contain very little
noise.
Digipure function:
This function helps to create a natural looking
picture by eliminating unnecessary edges
from high-contrast and crisp images.
Conversely, for images with low-contrast,
edges are added to produce a sharper, more
detailed picture.
OFF:
The DigiPure function is turned off.
PULL DOWN
The PULL DOWN function displays a cinema
film picture more smoothly and naturally on
the screen.
You can choose from the DigiPure function
settings of AUTO,MIN and MAX.
Picture motion compensation
function:
This function displays fast-moving pictures
(for example, the players or ball in a football
game) more smoothly and naturally on the
screen.
AUTO:
This function is turned on. Normally keep this
function set to AUTO.
OFF:
This function is turned off.
• You cannot select the Digipure function
when receiving the Progressive Video
Signal (525P signal).
• The motion may appear unnatural when
viewing images with the NTSC colour
system. To make the motion smoother,
switch the PULL DOWN function from
AUTO to OFF.
AUTO:
The TV will automatically adjust the level of
the DigiPure effect to match the amount of
noise in the picture, giving the best possible
picture.
• You cannot select this function in the
Twin pictures mode or the Picture in
picture mode.
• If you set the DigiPure effect too high on
a low-quality picture that contains a lot of
noise, this may actually make the noise
worse. It is recommended to use the
AUTO setting if you can.
MAX:
The level of the DigiPure effect is set to the
maximum. If you set the DigiPure function to
AUTO but feel that the original picture quality
has not been reproduced fully, change the
setting from AUTO to MAX.
• The MAX setting is not suitable for low-
quality pictures which contain a lot of
noise.
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
COLOUR SYSTEM
The colour system is chosen automatically.
However, if the picture is not clear or no
colour appears, choose the colour system
manually.
ZOOM
You can change the screen size according to
the picture aspect ratio. Choose the optimum
one of three ZOOM modes.
1 Choose ZOOM, then press the
1 Choose COLOUR SYSTEM, then
press the MENU/OK button.
MENU/OK button.
ZOOM
REGULAR
ZOOM
COLOUR SYSTEM
16:9
PAL
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
OK
:OK
DISP
:BACK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
2 Press the
/
buttons to
2 Press the
/
buttons to choose
choose a ZOOM mode. Then
press the MENU/OK button.
The picture expands and the chosen
ZOOM mode is displayed in about 5
seconds.
the appropriate colour system.
Then press the MENU/OK
button.
• When changing to the COLOUR
SYSTEM of the SUB-picture, see
"Change the colour system of the SUB-
picture" on page 15 for details.
• You can choose a ZOOM mode from
REGULAR, ZOOM or 16:9 modes. For
details, see " ZOOM button " on page 9.
• You can also operate the COLOUR
SYSTEM function with the COLOUR
SYSTEM button on the remote control.
For details, see "COLOUR SYSTEM
button" on page 11.
• You cannot select the ZOOM function
when receiving the Progressive Video
Signal (525P signal).
PICTURE TILT
There are cases where the Earth's magnetic
force may make the picture tilt. If this
happens, you can correct the picture tilt.
1 Choose PICTURE TILT, then
press the MENU/OK button.
PICTURE TILT
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
2 Press the
/
buttons until the
picture becomes level. Then
press the MENU/OK button.
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
SOUND SETTING menu
BALANCE
You can adjust the volume balance between
the left and right speakers.
SOUND SETTING
MONO
STEREO/
BASS
TREBLE
: turn the left speaker's volume level up.
: turn the right speaker's volume level up.
BALANCE
AI VOLUME
BBE
SPATIALIZER
SUPER BASS
HEADPHONE
ON
ON
LIVE
ON
AI VOLUME
OK
:OK
You can prevent the sudden increase or
decrease of sound that occurs when
changing the channel to another channel or
switching the VIDEO mode to another VIDEO
mode.
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
STEREO / I•II
When you are viewing a bilingual broadcast
programme, you can choose the sound from
Bilingual I (sub I) or Bilingual II (sub II). When
the stereo broadcasting is received poorly,
you can change from stereo to mono sound
so that you can hear the broadcast more
clearly and easily.
ON :
This function is turned on.
OFF :
This function is turned off.
• The AI VOLUME fnction for TV mode and
VIDEO mode can be set separetely.
For example, you can set it to be OFF in
TV mode and ON in VIDEO mode.
If you set the AI VOLUME function while
viewing images from a VIDEO terminal,
the setting is registered as the setting for
VIDEO mode.
: Stereo sound
: mono sound
: Bilingual I (sub I)
: Bilingual II (sub II)
MONO: Cancels the Multi Sound function,
and the sound becomes monaural.
• The AI VOLUME fnction may not operate
as expected if the sound input level from
a broadcast station (or video software) is
extremely low.
• The sound mode you can choose differs
depending on the TV programme.
• This function does not work in the VIDEO
modes.
BBE
You can use the BBE function to enjoy easy-
to-listen sound that is faithful to the original
sound recorded.
Adjusting the sound
You can adjust the sound to your liking.
ON :
BASS
This function is turned on.
You can adjust the low tone of the sound.
: weaker
: stronger
OFF :
This function is turned off.
Licenced by BBE Sound, inc. BBE
is a registered trademark of BBE
Sound, inc.
TREBLE
You can adjust the high tone of the sound.
: weaker
: stronger
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's Menu
TV SPEAKER:
SPATIALIZER
You can enjoy Surround sound with a "live"
effect by using the SPATIALIZER function.
You can choose one of two SPATIALIZER
modes.
When this function is on, the TV’s speaker
does not shut off the sound even if head-
phones are connected.
If you set this function to off, the TV’s speaker
does not output the sound when the
headphones are connected.
• You can choose a SPATIALIZER mode
from LIVE, MONO or OFF modes.
For details, see " SPATIALIZER button "
on page 9.
OUTPUT:
You can choose the sound from the MAIN-
picture(MAIN) or the SUB-picture(SUB) when
using the headphones.
The SPATIALIZER is manufactured under
lisense from Desper Products,Inc.
• The TV’s speaker does not put out the
sound from the SUB-picture.
SUPER BASS
You can enjoy a powerful bass sound by
using the Super Bass (Super Bass Reflex)
function.
• The sound of the SUB-picture is mono
only. You cannot use the STEREO/I·II
function for the sound of the SUB-picture.
ON :
This function is turned on.
OFF :
This function is turned off.
HEADPHONE
This function enables you to output the TV’s
sound from your headphones.
1 Choose HEADPHONE, then
press MENU/OK button.
HEADPHONE
VOLUME
TV SPEAKER
OUTPUT
05
ON
MAIN
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
2 Use the
and the
/
/
button to select,
button to set the
HEADPHONE function. Then
press the MENU/OK button.
VOLUME :
You can adjust the volume of the sound
output from your headphones.
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
FEATURES menu
BLUE BACK
You can set the TV to automatically change
to a blue screen and mute the sound if the
signal is weak or absent, or when there is no
input from an external device.
FEATURES
SLEEP TIMER
BLUE BACK
ON
CHILD LOCK
CHANNEL GUARD
AUTO SHUTOFF
OFF
OFF
VIDEO-3 SETTING
COMPONENT
ON :
OK
:OK
This function is turned on.
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
OFF:
This function is turned off.
SLEEP TIMER
You can set the TV to automatically turn off
after a set time.
CHILD LOCK
You can disable the front control buttons of
the TV. When this function is set to ON, the
TV can be operated only by using the remoto
control.
1 Choose SLEEP TIMER, then
press the MENU/OK button.
Use this function to prevent children from
operating the TV at their own discretion
(without parent consent).
SLEEP TIMER
0
12
0
OFF
ON :
OK
TV
:OK
This function is turned on.
:EXIT
:BACK
DISP
OFF:
This function is turned off.
2 Press the
/
buttons to set the
period of time.
The TV begins count down from the set
time.
CHANNEL GUARD
When there is a TV channel you do not want
your children to watch, you can lock out the
channel. Even when a child chooses a
programme number for a locked out channel
the screen will change to blue and display
so the channel cannot be viewed.
• You can set the period of time a
maximum of 120 minutes (2 hours) in 10
minitue steps.
To cancel this function:
Press the button to set a period of time to
"OFF".
To set this function
1 Choose CHANNEL GUARD, then
3 Press the MENU/OK button to
complete the setting.
press the number 0 (AV) button.
The menu disappers.
SET ID NO.
0000
• One minute before this function turns off
the TV, "GOOD NIGHT!" appears.
OK
:OK
• This function cannot be used to turn off
the TV's main power.
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
• When this function is on, you can display
the SLEEP TIMER menu again to confirm
or change the remaining time.
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV’s menu
2 Set the ID number you want.
To view a locked TV
channel
To choose a number:
/
Press the
buttons.
1 Choose a programme number in
which a TV channel locked with
the number buttons or PR LIST.
To move a cursor:
/
Press the
buttons.
The screen changes to blue and the
(CHANNEL GUARD) appears.
3 Press the MENU/OK button.
CHANNEL GUARD
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH / CC
5
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
22
23
24
25
26
01
02
03
• You cannot choose a locked TV channel
with the
/
buttons.
GUARD
OK
TV
:OK
2 Press the DISPLAY button to
display " ID NO. " (ID unmber
input screen).
:EXIT
:BACK
DISP
4 Press the
/
buttons to
choose a TV channel.
5
• The TV shows the TV programme which
the chosen TV channel is now
broadcasting.
ID NO.:
3 Press the number buttons to
enter the ID number.
5 Press the blue button to set this
function to the TV channel.
The lock is temporarily released so you
can view the TV channel.
(CHANNEL GUARD) appears and the
TV channel is locked.
If you have forgotten the ID number:
To cancel this function:
Perform step 1 of "To set this function".
After confirming the ID number, press the
TV/VIDEO button to exit the menu.
Press the blue button again.
(CHANNEL GUARD) disappears and
the lock is released.
• When you would like to cancel the
CHANNEL GUARD function, you must
perform the operation " To set this
function" again.
6 Press the MENU/OK button to
complete the setting.
The menu disappears.
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
AUTO SHUTOFF
You can set your TV to turn off if no signal are
received for about 15 minutes or longer after
the end of a broadcast.
ON :
This function is turned on.
OFF :
This function is turned off.
• The AUTO SHUTOFF function does not
turn off the TV's main power.
• The AUTO SHUTOFF will not work for a
VIDEO mode.
VIDEO-3 SETTING
Set the VIDEO-3 SETTING correctly accord-
ing to the video signal input from the external
device connected to the VIDEO-3 terminal. If
this setting is incorrect, images will not be
displayed.
VIDEO :
If a normal video signal (composite video
signal) is input.
COMPONENT :
If a Component video signal (Y/CB/CR
signals) is input.
• For detailed connecting methods, see
" Additional preparation " on page 36.
• This Television is compatible with the
Progressive Video Signal (525P signal)
only when the component video signal is
input.
28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV’s menu
AUTO PROGRAM
INSTALL menu
CH
10
INSTALL
20%
LANGUAGE
OK
:OK
AUTO PROGRAM
EDIT/MANUAL
TELETEXT LANGUAGE
DISP
:BACK
OK
:OK
• To cancel the AUTO PROGRAM function,
TV
:EXIT
press the DISPLAY button.
DISP
:BACK
2 After the TV channels have been
stored in the programme number
list, the EDIT menu appears.
LANGUAGE
You can choose the language you want to
use for the on-screen display from the
language list in a menu.
EDIT
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
1 Choose LANGUAGE, then press
the MENU/OK button.
22
23
24
25
26
01
02
03
OK
TV
:OK
ID
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
:EXIT
:BACK
MOVE
DISP
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
• You can proceed to edit the programme
numbers list using the EDIT/MANUAL
function. For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL"
on page 30.
2 Press the
/
buttons to
choose a language.
3 Press the MENU/OK button to
complete the setting.
• If a TV cannel you want to view is not
stored in the programme numbers list,
you can register it using the MANUAL
function.
The menu disappers.
For details, see "EDIT/MANUAL" on page
30.
AUTO PROGRAM
You can automatically register the TV
channels which can be received well at
your residence in the TV's programme
numbers by performing the following.
• The AUTO PROGRAM function does not
store a TV channel to the programme
number 0 (AV).
• If you do not need to use the EDIT/
MANUAL function, press the MENU/OK
button to exit from the EDIT menu.
1 Choose AUTO PROGRAM, then
press the MENU/OK button.
The AUTO PROGRAM function starts.
The TV channels you receive are
automatically stored in the programme
numbers list.
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
INSERT:
EDIT/MANUAL
This function adds a new TV channel in the
current programme numbers list by using the
CH/CC number.
The EDIT/MANUAL functions are divided into
two types:
editing of the current programme numbers
(EDIT functions) and manual registration of a
TV channel you want to view to the
programme number (MANUAL function).
DELETE :
This function deletes a unnecessary TV
Channel.
MANUAL :
CAUTION
• Using the MOVE,DELETE or INSERT
function rewrites the current programme
numbers list.
Resultingly, the programme number of
some of the TV channels will change.
This function manually registers a new TV
channel in a programme number.
3 Press the MENU/OK button to
complete the setting.
• For programme number PR 0, "AV"
appears in the programme numbers list.
• When a TV channel which has been
locked out using the CHANNEL GUARD
function, using the MANUAL function for
that TV channel cancels the CHANNEL
GUARD function.
FUNCTIONS
MOVE
1 Press the
choose a TV channel.
2 Press the button to start the
MOVE function.
• When a TV channel has already been
registered in PR 99, using the INSERT
function deletes the TV channel.
/
buttons to
1 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then
press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT
EDIT
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
21
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
22
23
24
25
26
22
23
24
25
26
01
02
03
CC 01
02
03
OK
TV
:OK
OK
TV
:OK
ID
:EXIT
:BACK
STORE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
:EXIT
:BACK
MOVE
DISP
DISP
3 Press the
/
buttons to
2 Follow the operation description
of a function you want to use and
operate the function.
choose a new programe number.
To cancel the MOVE function:
Press the DISPLAY button.
MOVE :
This function changes a programme number
of a TV channel.
4 Press the button to change the
programme number of a TV
channel to a new programme
number.
ID :
This function registers a Channel name (ID)
to a TV channel.
30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV’s menu
ID
MANUAL
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
1 Press the
/
buttons to
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
22
23
24
25
26
01(B/G)
02
03
choose a TV channel.
2 Press the red button to start the
ID function.
3 Enter a channel name (ID).
OK
:OK
SEARCH+
SEARCH-
FINE+
Press the
/
buttons to
TV
:EXIT
:BACK
SYSTEM
DISP
choose a character.
FINE-
press the
the cursor.
EDIT
/
buttons to move
To cancel the MANUAL function:
Press the DISPLAY button.
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
3 Press the button to choose the
system (sound system) for a TV
channel you want to register.
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
22
23
24
25
26
01
02
03
• For the sound systems in each country
or region, see the table
M
"BROADCASTING SYSTEMS" on page
12.
OK
TV
:OK
:EXIT
:BACK
DISP
4 Press the green or red button to
search for a TV channel.
To cancel the ID function:
Scanning stops when the TV finds a TV
channel. Then the TV channel is
displayed.
Press the DISPLAY button.
4 Press the MENU/OK button to
register a channel name to a TV
channel.
5 Press the green or red button
repeatedly until the to TV channel
you want appears.
DELETE
1 Press the
/
buttons to
If the TV channel reception is poor:
choose a TV channel.
2 Press the yellow button to delete
the TV channel.
Press the bule or yerrow button to
finetune the TV channel.
If you cannot hear the normal sound
even when the picture of the TV channel
appers normally:
The TV channel is deleted from the
programme numbers list.
The SYSTEM setting is worong. Press the
button and choose a SYSTEM that has
normal sound.
MANUAL
1 Press the
/
buttons to
choose a programme number to
which you want to register a new
TV channel.
6 Press the MENU/OK button and
register the TV channel to a
programme number.
2 Press the bule button to activate
the MANUAL function.
The normal EDIT menu is resumed.
At the right side following the CH/CC
number, the SYSTEM (sound system) of
the TV channel appears.
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
INSERT
PREPARATION
• Find the CH/CC number corresponding
to the channel number of the TV channel
from the on page 33.
1 Press the
/
buttons to
choose a programme number for
which you will register a new TV
channel.
2 Press the green button to start
the INSERT function.
EDIT
PR
AV
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
ID
CH/CC
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CC
CC
CC
21
22
23
24
25
26
**
02
03
OK
TV
:OK
`-9
:EXIT
:BACK
CH/CC
DISP
3 Press the
/
buttons to
choose "CC" or "CH" according
to the CH/CC number of the TV
channel.
To cancel the INSERT function:
Press the DISPLAY button.
4 Press the Number buttons to
enter the remaining CH/CC
number.
The TV shifts to registration mode.
When the registration is completed, the
picture of the TV channel appears on the
screen.
• The CH/CC number is a number
indicating the broadcast frequency to the
TV. If the TV cannot detect the TV
channel corresponding to the broadcast
frequency indicated by the CH/CC
number, a picture in the no-signal state
appears.
32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV’s menu
CH/CC number
When you want to use the INSERT function on page 32, find the CH/CC number corresponding to the Channel
number of the TV channel from this table.
US : The US channel numbers are the channel numbers used in the United States, Philippines, etc.
CCIR: The CCIR channel numbers are the channel numbers used in the Middle East, Southeast Asia ,etc.
OIRT: The OIRT channel numbers are the channel numbers used in Eastern Europe,Russia, Vietnam, etc.
AUSTRALIA: The AUSTRALIA channel numbers are the channel numbers used in Australia, etc.
Channel
Channel
CH
US
CCIR
E2
OIRT
R1
AUSTRALIA
AU-0
AU-1
AU-2
AU-6
AU-7
AU-8
AU-9
CC
US
CCIR
OIRT
AUSTRALIA
CH 02
CH 03
CH 04
CH 05
CH 06
CH 07
CH 08
CH 09
CH 10
CH 11
CH 12
CH 13
CH 14
CH 15
CH 16
CH 17
CH 18
CH 19
CH 20
CH 21
CH 22
CH 23
CH 24
CH 25
CH 26
CH 27
CH 28
CH 29
CH 30
CH 31
CH 32
CH 33
CH 34
CH 35
CH 36
CH 37
CH 38
CH 39
CH 40
CH 41
CH 42
CH 43
CH 44
CH 45
CH 46
CH 47
CH 48
CH 49
CH 50
CH 51
CH 52
CH 53
CH 54
CH 55
CH 56
CH 57
CH 58
CH 59
CH 60
CH 61
CH 62
CH 63
CH 64
CH 65
CH 66
CH 67
CH 68
CH 69
CH 70
US-2
CC 01
CC 02
CC 03
CC 04
CC 05
CC 06
CC 07
CC 08
CC 09
CC 10
CC 11
CC 12
CC 13
CC 14
CC 15
CC 16
CC 17
CC 18
CC 19
CC 20
CC 21
CC 22
CC 23
CC 24
CC 25
CC 26
CC 27
CC 28
CC 29
CC 30
CC 31
CC 32
CC 33
CC 34
CC 35
CC 36
CC 37
CC 38
CC 39
CC 40
CC 41
CC 42
CC 43
CC 44
CC 45
CC 46
CC 47
CC 48
CC 49
CC 50
CC 51
CC 52
CC 53
CC 54
CC 55
CC 56
CC 57
CC 58
CC 59
CC 60
CC 61
CC 62
CC 63
CC 64
CC 75
CC 76
CC 77
CC 78
CC 79
CC 95
CC 96
CC 97
CC 98
CC 99
S-1
S-2
AU-5
US-3
E3
US-4
E4
R2
R6
R7
R8
R9
S-3
US-5
E5
S-4
US-6
E6
S-5
US-7
E7
S-6
AU-5A
US-8
E8
S-7
US-9
E9
S-8
US-10
US-11
US-12
US-13
US-14
US-15
US-16
US-17
US-18
US-19
US-20
US-21
US-22
US-23
US-24
US-25
US-26
US-27
US-28
US-29
US-30
US-31
US-32
US-33
US-34
US-35
US-36
US-37
US-38
US-39
US-40
US-41
US-42
US-43
US-44
US-45
US-46
US-47
US-48
US-49
US-50
US-51
US-52
US-53
US-54
US-55
US-56
US-57
US-58
US-59
US-60
US-61
US-62
US-63
US-64
US-65
US-66
US-67
US-68
US-69
E10
E11
E12
R10
R11
R12
AU-10
AU-11
S-9
S-10
S-11
S-12
S-13
S-14
S-15
S-16
S-17
S-18
S-19
S-20
S-21
S-22
S-23
S-24
S-25
S-26
S-27
S-28
S-29
S-30
S-31
S-32
S-33
S-34
S-35
S-36
S-37
S-38
S-39
S-40
S-41
A
B
C
D
E
F
E21
E22
E23
E24
E25
E26
E27
E28
E29
E30
E31
E32
E33
E34
E35
E36
E37
E38
E39
E40
E41
E42
E43
E44
E45
E46
E47
E48
E49
E50
E51
E52
E53
E54
E55
E56
E57
E58
E59
E60
E61
E62
E63
E64
E65
E66
E67
E68
E69
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
W+1
W+2
W+3
W+4
W+5
W+6
W+7
W+8
W+9
W+10
W+11
W+12
W+13
W+14
W+15
W+16
W+17
W+18
W+19
W+20
W+21
W+22
W+23
W+24
W+25
W+26
W+27
W+28
X
Y
Z
R3
R4
R5
AU-3
AU-4
Z+1
Z+2
A-5
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
• Languages that are not included in the
teletext language group that you select,
the sub-titles of the teletext program will
not be displayed properly.
TELETEXT LANGUAGE
There are 4 types of teletext language
groups. Set the teletext language group that
corresponds to the language of the teletext
program that you want to watch.
1 Choose TELETEXT LANGUAGE,
then press the MENU/OK button.
TELETEXT LANGUAGE
GROUP-1
GROUP-2
GROUP-3
GROUP-4
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
2 Press the
/
buttons to
choose a group.
Group
Languages
Turkish, Hungarian, English,
German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, Greek,
Swedish, Finnish
GROUP-1
Polish, Serbian, Croatian,
Slovenian, Czech, Slovak,
Rumanian, Hungarian,
German, French, Italian,
Swedish, Finnish
GROUP-2
Russian, Bulgarian, Lettish,
Lithuanian, Estonian,
Ukrainan, Serbian, Croatian,
Slovenian, Czech, Slovak,
English, German
GROUP-3
GROUP-4
Arabic, Czech, Slovak.
Hungarian, English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese, Swedish, Finnish
3 Press the MENU/OK button to
complete the setting.
The menu disappears.
34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the TV's menu
DEMO menu
DEMO
ON
OFF
OK
:OK
TV
:EXIT
DISP
:BACK
The DEMO function automatically demo-
strations some of the TV function.
When the DEMO function is set to
ON:
Each time the TV is turned on, the demon-
stration starts automatically.
If you do not want that to happen, set the
DEMO function to OFF.
1 Press the
choose ON.
/
buttons to
To cancel the DEMO function,
choose off.
2 Press the MENU/OK button to
complete the settings.
The DEMO function is set to ON, and the
demostration will start.
To stop the demonstration:
Press one of the button on the remote
control.
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional preparation
Connecting the external
devices
Connect the devices to the TV, paying
attention to the following connection
diagram.
Before connecting anything:
• Read the manuals provided with the
devices. Depending on the devices, the
connection method may differ from the
figure. In addition, the device settings
may be changed depending on the
connection method to secure proper
operation.
(Behind the cover)
OVER
V
L/MONO
R
S
IN (VIDEO-4)
• Turn off all the devices including the TV.
• The "Specifications" on page 43 contains
the details of the VIDEO terminals. If you
are connecting a device not listed in the
following connection diagram, see the
"Specifications" to choose the best
VIDEO terminal.
• Note that connecting cables are not
supplied.
• When connecting devices that are
supported by AV COMPU LINK, see
"Connecting AV COMPU LINK Supported
Devices" on page 38.
AUDIO
R
L/MONOVIDEO
S
O
V
E
R
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
C
R
C
B
Y/VIDEO
AUDIO
VIDEO-3
COMPONENT
R
R
L/MONO
OUTPUT
L
UDIO
VIDEO
A
A
V
C
O
M
P
U
L
I
N
K
1
2
3
4
5
6
VCR (composite signal)
VCR (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)
VCR for recording (composite signal)
DVD player (composite signal)
DVD player (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)
DVD player (component video signals;
AUDIO
L/MONO VIDEO
R
S
OVER
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
Y/CB/CR
)
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
7
8
9
0
-
TV game (composite signal)
TV game (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)
Camcorder (composite signal)
Camcorder (S-VIDEO signal; Y/C)
Headphones
VIDEO-3/
COMPONENT
R
AUDIO L/MONO
OUTPUT
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
AV COMPULINK
A
AV COMPU LINK cable
36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional preparation
• In the VIDEO-4 terminal, the VIDEO jack
is indicated by "V".
Connecting methods
1 Connect the TV's VIDEO jack
and the device's VIDEO OUT
(video output) jack with a video
cable.
2 Connect the TV's AUDIO jacks
(L/MONO and R) and the
device's AUDIO OUT (audio L/R
output) jacks with an audio
cable.
If connecting a device to the TV
with an S-VIDEO cabel :
Connect the VCR's S-VIDEO OUT (S-VIDEO
output) connector and the TV's "S" (S-VIDEO)
connector with an S-VIDEO cable, instead of
connecting with a video cable.
If the device's sound output is in
mono :
Connect the device's AUDIO OUT jack and
the TV's L/MONO jack with an audio cable.
Note that the connection with a video cable
will be ignored in case you conect a VCR to
the TV with both video cable and S-VIDEO
cable.
Connecting devices to the
OUTPUT terminal
The signals of the images and sound you are
currently viewing with this TV are output
through the OUTPUT terminal. By connecting
a VCR to the OUTPUT terminal, you can
record the currently shown image and sound
to that VCR. To do this, connect the VCR and
OUTPUT terminal following the steps below.
If connecting a DVD player to the
TV with a component video
cable:
Connect three jacks (Y/VIDEO, C and C ) in
the VIDEO-3 terminal and the DVD player's
COMPONENT (component video output)
jacks with a component video cables,
instead of connection with a video cable.
Then set the VIDEO-3 SETTING to COMPO-
NENT, according to "VIDEO-3 SETTING" on
page 28.
B
R
1 Connect the VIDEO jack in the
OUTPUT terminal and the VCR's
VIDEO IN (video input) jack with
a video cable.
2 Connect the AUDIO jacks (L and
R) in the OUTPUT terminal and
the VCR's AUDIO IN (audio L/R
input) jacks with an audio cable.
• This Television is compatible with the
Progressive video signal (525P signal).
(When the component video signal is
input.)
If you have a DVD player that outputs
Progressive video signals (525P) as a
component video signal, then by
attaching the device to the television with
a component video cable you can see
the actual images that are recorded on a
DVD disc as an original image source.
• When you turn off the TV, the signals from
the OUTPUT terminal are also turned off.
• The component signals input from the
VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal cannot
be output through the OUTPUT terminal.
If connecting a device to the
VIDEO-3/COMPONENT terminal
with a video cable:
Connect the TV's Y/VIDEO jack and the
device's VIDEO OUT (video output) jack with
a video cables.
Connecting Headphones
Connect the headphones with a stereo mini
jack (of 3.5 mm in diameter) to the Head-
phone jack at the TV front panel.
Then set the VIDEO-3 SETTING to VIDEO
according to "VIDEO-3 SETTING" on page
28.
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional preparation
Connecting AV COMPU
LINK Supported Devices
AV COMPU LINK remote control system is a
system in which related devices are
automatically controlled when you operate
one device.
Conditions to use the AV
COMPU LINK remote
control system
• A device equipped with an AV COMPU
LINK terminal is required.
• You must connect the TV and the device
with an AV COMPU LINK cable.
AV COMPU LINK cable is not supplied
with this TV. If an AV COMPU LINK cable
is unavailable, connect them with a cable
with dia. 3.5 mm (mono) male plugs at
both ends.
If you apply this system to the TV, you can
have the TV automatically perform the
required operations by operating one
external device. You don't have to use the
TV's remoto control to turn on the TV or
change the VIDEO modes.
• You must connect the device to an
appropriate VIDEO terminal and set it up
correctly. Otherwise the AV COMPU LINK
remote control system will not function
correctly. For details, see “ Setting up the
AV COMPU LINK remote control
system”.
Examples of the AV
COMPU LINK remote
control system operations
Simply by pressing the PLAY button on a
VCR or a DVD player, you can view images
from the device.
• The TV must be in standby mode (the
POWER lamp lighting red). If the TV’s
Main power is off (the POWER lamp off),
the AV COMPU LINK remote control
system does not function.
Simply by inserting a pre-recorded tape (a
tape with the record safety tab removed) to a
VCR, you can view the tape.
Simply by operating the AV Control Rece-
iver, you can have the TV turned on/off (in
standby mode) or the VIDEO mode changed
correctly.
Setting up the AV COMPU
LINK remote control system
• The performance of the AC COMPU
LINK remote control system varies
depending on the connected device.
See the device’s instruction manual.
CAUTION:
• With some devices, the setup method
differs from the ones explained here.
Be sure to read the device’s instruction
manual thoroughly before setting it up.
• When you select "TV SOUND" as the
input source with the AV Control
Receiver, there are cases where the TV's
MUTING function automatically operates
and the sound from the TV's speakers is
muted.
In such cases, press the VOLUME-/+
buttons or the MUTING button on the
TV's remote control to cancel the MUT-
ING function. You can regain the sound
from the TV's speakers.
1 Connect the device to the TV’s
VIDEO-1 or VIDEO-2 terminal.
If you want to connect a DVD
player to the TV with a compo-
nent video cable :
Connect the DVD player to the TV’s VIDEO-3
terminal.
• For detailed connecting instructions, see
"Connecting the external devices" on
page 36.
38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Additional Preparation
2 Connect the TV’s AV COMPU
LINK terminal and the device’s
AV COMPU LINK terminal with
an AV COMPU LINK cable.
3 Change the device’s setting
according to the VIDEO terminal
it is connected to.
If a VCR is connected to the
VIDEO-1 terminal :
Set the VCR’s remote control code to A code.
If a DVD player is connected to
the VIDEO-1 terminal:
Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE
to DVD2.
If a VCR is connected to the
VIDEO-2 terminal:
Set the VCR’s remote control code to B code.
If a DVD player is connected to
the VIDEO-2 terminal:
Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE
to DVD3.
If a DVD player is connected to
the VIDEO-3 terminal with a
component video cable:
Set the DVD player’s AV COMPULINK MODE
to DVD1.
• For instructions on how to change the
device’s setting, refer to the device’s
instruction manual.
• If the device you are connecting has
neither the remote control code nor the
AV COMPULINK MODE, then connect it
to the TV’s VIDEO-1 terminal.
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
If a problem arises while you are using the TV, please read this "Troubleshooting" well before
you request having the TV repaired. You may be able to fix it easily by yourself. For example, if
the AC plug is disconnected from the AC outlet, or the TV aerial has problems, you may think
there is a problem with the TV itself.
Important:
• This Troubleshooting guide only covers problems whose cause are not easy to determine.
If a question arise when you are operating a function, read the page(s) corresponding to
the operation of the function well, not this Troubleshooting guide.
• After you have followed the Troubleshooting description or the operating description of the
functions concerned without any success, remove the AC plug from the AC outlet and re -
quest a repair of your TV. Do not attempt to repair the TV by yourself or remove the
rearcover of the TV.
Has the TV and aerial been
connected properly?
Has the aerial cable been damaged?
Is the aerial pointed to the right dir-
ection?
If you cannot turn on
the TV
• Is the AC plug connected to the AC
outlet?
Is the aerial itself faulty?
• Is the POWER lamp lit? If not, press the
• If the TV or aerial receives interference
from the other devices, stripes or noise
may appear in the picture. Move such
device as an amplifier, personal compu-
ter, or a hair drier that can cause inter-
ference away from your TV, or try chan-
ging its location. If the aerial suffers int-
erference from a radio tower or high-
voltage wire, please contact your local
dealer.
Main power button.
No picture/No sound
• Have you chosen a TV channel whose
reception is extremely bad? In this case,
the BLUE BACK function will be activat-
ed, the entire screen becomes blue, and
the sound is muted. In spite of this, if you
want to view the TV channel, follow the
description "BLUE BACK" on page 26 to
try to change the BLUE BACK function
setting to OFF.
• If the TV receives interferences from
signal reflecting from mountains or
building, double-pictures(ghosting) will
occur.
Try to change the aerial’s direction or
replace the antenna with the one with
better directionality.
• Are your SOUND SYSTEM settings for
the TV channels correct?
Forrow the description “SOUND SYSTEM
Button” on page 12 to try to solve the
trouble.
• Are your COLOUR SYSTEM settings for
the TV channels correct? Follow the
description "COLOUR SYSTEM button"
on pege 11 to try to solve the trouble.
Poor picture
• If noise totally obscures the picture (sn-
ow), the aerial or aerial cable may have
trouble. Check the following to try to
solve the trouble :
• Has COLOUR or BRIGHT been controll-
ed properly? Follow the description
"Adjusting the picture" on page 20 to try
to adjust them properly.
• Videotaping teletext is not recommended
because it may not record correctly.
40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
• When a white and bright still image (su-
ch as a white dress) is displayed on the
screen, the white part may look as if it
were coloured.
It is a phenomenon unavoidable due to
the nature of the picture tube itself, and
not due to a TV failure.
When the picture disappears from the
screen, the unnatural colours will also
disappear.
• When you are viewing a teletext progra-
mme, you cannot operate the menus.
Press the TV/VIDEO button to return the
teletext programme to the ordinary TV
programme to try operating the menus.
• Is the CHILD LOCK function set to ON?
If the CHILD LOCK function is set to ON,
you cannot operate the TV with the front
control buttons of the TV. Follow the
description "CHILD LOCK" on page 26 to
try to set the CHILD LOCK function to OFF.
• When viewing images from commercially
available video softwear products, or vi-
deos from videotapes which have been
recored improperly, the top of the image
may be distored.
• If the TV operation becomes disabled
suddenly, press the Main power button
on the TV and turn off the main power.
Try to press the Main power button again
to turn on the main power. If the TV
returns to a normal state, it is not a
failure.
This is due to the condition of the video
signal, and not because of malfunction.
Poor sound
• The following functions do not operate
when receiving Progressive Video Signal
(525P signal);
Remote control function:
ZOOM, PIP, MULTI, FREEZE and
STROBE BUTTON
MENU function:
SHARP, TINT, DIGITAL VNR, Digipure
and ZOOM
• Have you adjusted BASS or TREBLE
properly? If not, follow the description
"Adjusting the Sound" on page 24 to try
to adjust them properly.
• When the TV channel reception is poor, it
can be hard to hear the stereo or
bilingual sound. In this case, follow the
description "STEREO / I • II" on page 24
to hear the sound more easily by
Other concerns
changing it to a mono sound.
• When the SLEEP TIMER function or
AUTO SHUTOFF function operates, the
TV is automatically turned off.
Operation disabled
• Have the batteries of the remote control
become exhausted?
If the TV is turned off suddenly, try to
press the POWER button to turn on the
TV once again. At this time, if the TV
resumes a normal state, there is no
problem.
Follow the description "Putting the
Batteries into the Remote Control" on
page 4 and replace them with new
batteries to try solve the problem.
• If you do not want sound emitted from
the TV’s speakers when using
headphones, change the TV SPEAKER
setting in the HEADPHONE menu to OFF.
For details, see “HEADPHONE” on page
25.
• Have you attempted to use the remote
control at the sides or rear of the TV or at
a location more than seven meters apart
from the TV location? Operate the remote
control in the front of your TV or a
location less than seven meters from
your TV to try to solve the ploblem.
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
• If you bring a magnetised device such
as a speaker near to your TV, a picture
may be warped or unnatural colours
appear at the corners of the screen.
In this case, keep the device apart from
your TV. If the speaker causes such
phenomena, use the magnetic-shielded
speaker instead.
• A picture may be tilted due to the influe-
nce of the earth's magnetism. In this
case, use the "PICTURE TILT" on page
23 to complete the tilt.
• It takes a short period of time from the
time an operation such as changing
channels is performed until an image is
displayed. This is not a malfunction.
This is the time required for the image to
stabilize before it can be displayed.
• The TV may emit a crackling sound due
to a sudden change in temperature. It
does not matter if a picture or sound
does not show any abnormality. If you
hear crackling sounds frequently while
you are viewing the TV, other causes may
be assumed.
For precautionary purposes, request
your service technician to inspect it.
• Touching the screen may cause you feel
a slight electric shock due to its static
electricity.
It is an unavoidable phenomenon due to
the construction of the picture tube. It is
not a problem with the TV.
You can rest assured that this static dis-
charge does not have harmful influence
over the human boby.
42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications
Broadcasting systems
Colour systems
Channels and frequencies
B, G, I, D, K, K1, M
PAL, SECAM, NTSC3.58/4.43MHz
VHF low channel (VL) =46.25 to 168.25 MHz
VHF high channel (VH) =175.25 to 463.25 MHz
UHF channel (U)
=471.25 to 863.25 MHz
Receives cable channels in mid band (X to Z+2, S1 to S10),
super band (S11 to S20) and hyper band (S21 to S41).
A2 (B/G), NICAM (B/G, I, D/K) system
FLOF(Fastext), WST(World Standard Text)
Please see the table in the description
"TELETEXT LANGUAGE" on page 34
AC 110 to 240V, 50/60Hz
Sound-multiplex systems
Teletext systems
Lauguages displayed by
teletext
Power requirements
Audio output
Rated Power output: 20W + 20W
VIDEO-1 terminal
RCA connector X 3, S-VIDEO connector X 1
• Video input, S-VIDEO (Y/C) input and Audio L/R inputs
are available.
VIDEO-2 terminal
RCA connector X 3
• Video input and Audio L/R inputs are available.
RCA connector X 5
VIDEO-3/COMPONENT
terminal
B
R
• Video input/Component video (Y/C /C ) input and Audio
L/R inputs are available.
• Progressive video signal(525P signal) input is available.
RCA connector X 3, S-VIDEO connector X 1
• Video input, S-VIDEO (Y/C) input and Audio L/R inputs
are available.
VIDEO-4 terminal
OUTPUT terminal
RCA connector X 3
• Video output and Audio L/R outputs are available.
Stereo mini-jack (3.5 mm in diameter)
Remote control unit X 1 (RM-C214)
Headphone jack
Accessories
AA/R6 dry cell battery X 2
Speakers
HV-34LPZ : 12cm round X 2, 3.5cm round X 2
HV-29LPZ : 10cm round X 2, 3.5cm round X 2
HV-34LPZ : Maximum 255W Average 170W
HV-29LPZ : Maximum 254W Average 170W
HV-34LPZ : Picture tube 87cm Visible area 80cm
HV-29LPZ : Picture tube 73cm Visible area 68cm
HV-34LPZ : 898mm X 728mm X 579mm
HV-29LPZ : 732mm X 588mm X 518mm
HV-34LPZ : 75kg
Power consumption
Screen size
(measured diagonally)
Dimensions(W X H X D)
Weight
HV-29LPZ : 48kg
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
Pictures displayed on the screen using this TV's ZOOM functions should not be shown for any
commercial or demonstration purpose in public places (cafes,hotels, etc.) without the consent
of the owners of copyright of the original picture sources, as this constitutes an infringement of
copyright.
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
LCT1218-001A-H
0402-Ki-NV-JMT
© 2002 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Благодарим за покупку цветного телевизора JVC.
Перед началом использования, пожалуйста, внимательно прочтите это
руководство, чтобы понять как пользоваться Вашим новым телевизором.
ОСТОРОЖНО:
ВО ИЗБЕЖАНИЕ ПОЖАРА И ПОРАЖЕНИЯ ЭЛЕКТРОТОКОМ,
НЕ ДОПУСКАЙТЕ ДЕЙСТВИЯ НАТЕЛЕВИЗОР ДОЖДЯ ИЛИ ВЛАГИ.
ВНИМАНИЕ:
ПРИ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИИТЕЛЕВИЗОРА СОБЛЮДАЙТЕ
СЛЕДУЮЩИЕ ПРАВИЛА ЛИЧНОЙ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ.
1
2
3
Подключайте телевизор только к источникам питания, параметры которых
соответствуют параметрам, указанным на задней стенке телевизора.
Не допускайте повреждений шнура и вилки питания. При отключении телевизора от
сети выньте вилку из розетки, держась за вилку, а не за шнур.
Ни в коем случае не перегораживайте и не закрывайте вентиляционные отверстия.
Ни в коем случае не устанавливайте
телевизор в местах с плохой
вентиляцией.
15 cm
При установке телевизора оставьте
вентиляционные зазоры по
периметру, величина зазоров должна
быть не меньше показанных на рис
10 cm
10 cm
15 cm
значений.
4
5
Не допускайте попадания предметов или жидкости в отверстия корпуса.
В случае неисправности выньте вилку питания из розетки и вызовите мастера.
Не пытайтесь отремонтировать телевизор самостоятельно, не открывайте заднюю крышку.
Поверхность экрана телевизора может быть легко повреждена. При обращении с
телевизором соблюдайте предельную осторожность. Если экран загрязнится,
протрите его мягкой сухой тканью. Ни в коем случае не нажимайте сильно на экран.
Ни в коем случае не используйте чистящие или моющие средства.
6
7
Если Вы не собираетесь пользоваться телевизором в течение длительного времени,
обязательно отключите его от сетевой розетки.
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Настройка телевизора
ВНИМАНИЕ
• è‰ ͇ÍËÏ-ÎË·Ó ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂÏ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
‚Ò˛ ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛÛ, ‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒΠÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
1 Подсоединение антенны и ВМ
• ÄÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÌÂ
‚ıÓ‰ËÚ.àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È75-éÏ
ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ.
рис. A
• è‰ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂÏ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ
ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓ Çå.
Если ВМ не подсоединяется (см. рис. A):
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û
‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
Если ВМ подсоединяется (см. рис. B):
1 Подсоедините антенный кабель к
входному гнезду антенны ВМ и
соедините ВМ и телевизор друг с
другом с помощью другого
антенного кабеля.
2 Соедините видеокабелем гнездо
VIDEO OUT (выход видео)
рис. В
видеомагнитофона и гнездо
VIDEO (видео) телевизора.
Для соединения ВМ с телевизором с помощью
кабеля S-VIDEO выполните следующее:
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ Ë ‡Á˙ÂÏ S ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl S-VIDEO A, ‡ Ì ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
3 Соедините гнезда VIDEO OUT (L/R
аудиовыходы) видеомагнитофона и
гнезда AUDIO (L/МОNО и R)
телевизора с помощью аудиокабеля.
• ÖÒÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ, ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO
OUT (‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ Ë
„ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO L/MONO (‡Û‰ËÓ Î/ÏÓÌÓ)
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
• ÖÒÎË Çå ËÏÂÂÚ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AV COMPU LINK,
ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ AV
COMPU LINK. ÅÓÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛
ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU LINK” ̇ ÒÚ. 38.
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
2 Подсоединение шнура питания
Вставьте вилку шнура в сетевую розетку.
3 Установка батареек в пульт
дистанционного управления
ÇÓÁ¸ÏËÚ 2 ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË AA/R6.
Встаьте батареи, начиная с кнопца, помеченного
знаком
и соблюдая полярности
и
.
• ëӷ≇ÈÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ÔÓ ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË,
Û͇Á‡ÌÌ˚ ̇ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈ͇ı.
• ÖÒÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÌÓχθÌÓ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË.
• ŇڇÂÈÍË, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË,
Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌ˚ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ë
ÔÓ‚ÂÍË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ˝ÚË ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË
Í‡Í ÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÍÓÂÂ.
4 Выполнение
первоначальных настроек
èË Ô‚ÓÏ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ
Ô‚Ó̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC.
1 Нажмите кнопку включения питания
телевизора
SPATIALIZER ECO POWER
íÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl Ë ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC.
• ÖÒÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl
͇ÒÌ˚Ï Ë Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÁÂÎÂÌ˚Ï, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ,
˜ÚÓ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl.
ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
POWER ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
Индикатор питания
POWER
Кнопка
выключателя
сети
• ÖÒÎË ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ JVC Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl, ˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÛÊ ‚Íβ˜‡ÎÒfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‰Îfl
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸
ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË “üáõä” Ë “ÄÇíé èêéÉ”. ÅÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“åÂÌ˛
çÄëíêéâäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 29.
2 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ üáõä. Ç˚·ÂËÚ ӉËÌ ËÁ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚
ËÁ ÔÓfl‚Ë‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÒÔËÒ͇.
OK
TV
DISP
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
3 Нажимая кнопки
/
, выберите
POWER
TV/VIDEO
РУССКИЙ. После этого нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
PICTURE
MODE
ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS
ÇÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ.
èËÌËχÂÏ˚ ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î˚
·Û‰ÛÚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ‚ ‚ˉ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
7
RETURN
MULTI
• ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÄÇíé èêéÉ. ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
MUTING
4 После сохранения телеканалов в
списке номеров программ появится
меню НАСТРОЙКА.
PIP
SUB-P
NEXT
PIP
POSITION
FREEZE
SWAP
STROBE
DISPLAY
MENU/
OK
SYSTEM
COLOUR SOUND
TV/TEXT
SIZE
• èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÒÔËÒÓÍ
ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË
çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû. ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛
ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“çÄëíêéâäÄ/
Çêìóçìû” ̇ ÒÚ. 30.
HOLD
MODE
REVEAL
SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL
INDEX
TEXT
• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÌ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ
ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ
Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË êìóçÄü.
ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” ̇ ÒÚ. 30.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ. Ì ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î˚
̇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 0 (AV).
• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È
ÏÓÏÂÌÚ Ì ÌÛÊ̇, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU/OK
‰Îfl Á‡Í˚‚‡ÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.
На этом настройка заканчивается.
5
Новый телевизор JVC к Вашим услугам!
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Кнопки и функции телевизора
Включение питания
Нажмите кнопку питания 1 .
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER 2 Á‡„ÓËÚÒfl ͇ÒÌ˚Ï
Ë ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ÓȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl.
ÑÎfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl :
ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER 2 ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ.
Включение телевизора,
находящегося в режиме
ожидания
Нажмите одну из кнопок CHANNEL
m 5 .
SPATIALIZER ECO POWER
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER 2 ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ˆ‚ÂÚ Ò
͇ÒÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl.
• ç‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸
̇ÊËÏÓÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/VIDEO 3 .
8 2
7
1
9
Выбор телеканала
Нажимайте кнопки CHANNEL m 5 .
Выбор панели ВИДЕО
Нажимайте кнопки TV/VIDEO 3 или
CHANNEL m 5 .
Регулировка громкости
Нажимайте кнопки VOLUME m 4 .
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÛÓ‚Ìfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË.
Кнопка MENU 6
(За крышкой)
ç‡ÊËÏÓÏ ˝ÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛.
ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡”
̇ ÒÚ. 19.
OVER
V
L/MONO
R
S
MENU
OK
CHANEL
VOLUME TV/VIDEO
EXIT
IN (VIDEO-4)
Датчик пульта
0
-
6 5 4 3
дистанционного
управления и ЭКО-сенсор 9
Индикатор ECО 7
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ñàîêéÇéâ
ùäéëÖçëéê ̇ Çäã ËÎË ÑàëèãÖâ, Á‡„ÓËÚÒfl
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ECé.
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ИндикаторSPATIALIZER8
ùÚÓÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ Á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒfl, ÂÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸
ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ SPATIALIZER ̇ åéçé ËÎË LIVE.
Гнездо головного
телефона 0
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÒÚÂÂÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ
3,5 ÏÏ).
A
UDIO
L/MONO
VIDEO
S
R
OVER
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
èË ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚
ÒΉÛÈÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ, Ô˂‰ÂÌÌ˚Ï ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“çÄìôçàäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.
UDIO
R A L/MONO
VIDEO-3
COMPONENT
OUTPUT
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
A
V
C
O
M
P
U
L
I
N
K
Панель VIDEO-1 =
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 3 Ë 36.
AUDIO
L/MONO
VIDEO
S
R
OVER
VIDEO-1
VIDEO-2
=
~
Панель VIDEO-2 ~
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.
CR
CB
Y/VIDEO
VIDEO-3/
COMPONENT
R AUDLI/OMONO
!
@
OUTPUT
Панель VIDEO-3/
COMPONENT !
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 28 Ë 36.
R
L
VIDEO
AUDIO
AV COMPU LINK
$
#
Панель VIDEO-4 -
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.
Панель OUTPUT @
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36.
Гнездо антенны #
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ.
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 3.
ПанельAVCOMPULINK $
• ëÏ. ÒÚ. 36 Ë 38.
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Кнопки и функции пульта дистанционного управления
Включение телевизора,
находящегося в режиме ожидания
Нажмите кнопку POWER.
POWER
TV/VIDEO
ñ‚ÂÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER ËÁÏÂÌËÚÒfl Ò Í‡ÒÌÓ„Ó
PICTURE
MODE
̇ ÁÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl.
ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS
• íÂ΂ËÁÓ, ̇ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl,
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ̇ÊËÏÓÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/VIDEO, ÍÌÓÔÍË
CHANNEL m ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ÌÓχÏË.
Для выключения телевизора:
ëÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ POWER.
ñ‚ÂÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER ËÁÏÂÌËÚÒfl Ò ÁÂÎÂÌÓ„Ó
̇ ͇ÒÌ˚È Ë ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ÓȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl.
7
RETURN
MULTI
Выбор телеканала
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÌÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·˚Î
MUTING
Á‡ÔÓÏÌÂÌ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î.
Нажимайте кнопку CHANNEL m или
введите номер программы (ПР) с помощью
кнопок с номерами.
PIP
SUB-P
NEXT
• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚È ÌÓÏÂ, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ -/-- ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜ÌÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ.
PIP
POSITION
FREEZE
SWAP
STROBE
DISPLAY
MENU/
OK
• ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ èêéÉ. ãàëí.
ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“äÌÓÔ͇ DISPLAY” ̇ ÒÚ. 11.
• ÖÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌˠ̘ÂÚÍÓ ËÎË ÌÂÚ Á‚Û͇, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ
ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“äÌÓÔ͇ COLOUR SYSTEM” ̇ ÒÚ. 11.
• ÖÒÎË Á‚ÛÍ ıÓÓ¯Â„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‰‡ÊÂ
ÔË ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËË ıÓÓ¯Â„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ,
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“äÌÓÔ͇ SOUND
SYSTEM” ̇ ÒÚ. 12.
SYSTEM
COLOUR SOUND
TV/TEXT
HOLD
MODE
REVEAL
SIZE
SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL
INDEX
TEXT
Регулирование громкости
Нажимайте кнопки VOLUME m.
• ÉÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ˝ÚËÏË ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË ÌÂ
„ÛÎËÛÂÚÒfl. ëΉÛÈÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“çÄìôçàäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.
Просмотр изображения с
внешнего устройства
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ԇÌÂθ VIDEO, ˜ÂÂÁ ÍÓÚÓÛ˛
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl ‚̯Ì ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó.
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Нажмите кнопкуTV/VIDEO.
16:9
ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3) ‚
¯ËÓÍÓÙÓχÚÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË (ÙÓχÚ
16:9).
• è‡ÌÂθ VIDEO ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ CHANNEL m ËÎË ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ èêéÉ.
ãàëí.
Для возврата к телеканалу:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO, ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CHANNEL m
ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ.
Кнопка MUTING
• ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò ÙÓχÚÓÏ 16:9,
ÒʇÚ˚ı ‰Ó Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÙÓχڇ
(ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3), ÓÌ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ
Кнопка MUTING используется для
выключения звука. Повторный
нажим кнопки MUTING приводит к
включению звука на той же
громкости, которая была до
выключения звука.
‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ Ô‚Ó̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚È ÙÓχÚ.
КнопкаSPATIALIZER
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË SPATIALIZER ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ “ÊË‚ÓÈ” (Live) ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔË
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Surround sound
(ÓÍÛʇ˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ).
Кнопка ZOOM
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÙÓχڇ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÛÚÂÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl
ÙÓχڇ. Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÓÔÚËχθÌ˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ZOOM.
Нажмите кнопку SPATIALIZER
для выбора режима.
Для выбора режима нажмите кнопку
ZOOM.
LIVE:
ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸
• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇·
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P) ̇ʇڸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ZOOM, ̇
˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ò˄̇Π“525P” Ë
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ZOOM ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚Û͇
‚ ÓÍÛʇ˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ Ò Û‚Â΢ÂÌÌÓÈ
„ÎÛ·ËÌÓÈ Ë ÓÍÛʇ˛˘ËÏË ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ÏË.
MOНO:
НОРМАЛЬНОЕ
ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸
ÔÂÓ·‡ÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ÏÓÌÓÁ‚Û͇ ‚
Á‚ÛÍ, ËÏËÚËÛ˛˘ËÈ ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÂ
Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó,
ÌÂËÁÏÂÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 4:3).
ВЫКЛ:
ùÚÓ ÂÊËÏ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl.
ZOOM
• êÂÊËÏ LIVE ÌÓχθÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚Û͇.
åÓÊÌÓ ÛÍÛÔÌËÚ¸ ¯ËÓÍÓÙÓχÚÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 16:9), Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ ÓÌÓ
Á‡ÔÓÎÌËÚ ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì.
• êÂÊËÏ LIVE Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË
ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËË ˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚.
• êÂÊËÏ MOçO ÌÓχθÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓÌÓÁ‚Û͇.
• ã‚˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È Í‡fl ¯ËÓÍÓÙÓχÚÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÏ‡Ú 16:9) ·Û‰ÛÚ ÓÚÂÁ‡Ì˚.
ëËÒÚÂχ SPATIALIZER ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ÔÓ
ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Desper Products,Inc.
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Для регистрации телеканала как
“Возвращаемый телеканал” :
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÌÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚,
̇Á̇˜ÂÌÌ˚È ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RETURN+ Ë ‰ÂÊËÚ ÂÂ
̇ʇÚÓÈ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË Ì ÏÂÌ 3 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
èÓfl‚ÎÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ̇‰ÔËÒË “ÇéáÇêÄí
äÄçÄãÄ áÄèêéÉêÄååàêéÇÄç!”
ÔÓ‰Ú‚Âʉ‡ÂÚ Á‡‚¯ÂÌË „ËÒÚ‡ˆËË.
Кнопка BASS
ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÏÓ˘Ì˚ı ·‡ÒÓ‚ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ëìèÖê ÅÄë.
Для включения и выключения
функции СУПЕР БАС нажимайте
кнопку BASS.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
Для отмены регистрации телеканала как
“возвращаемого” :
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ β·Ó„Ó ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RETURN+ Ë ‰ÂÊËÚ ÂÂ
̇ʇÚÓÈ ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË Ì ÏÂÌ 3 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ “ÇéáÇêÄí
äÄçÄãÄ éíåÖçÖç!”, ˜ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÌÛ
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË.
Кнопка PICTURE MODE
åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚
èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà ‰Îfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
• èË ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËfl “‚ÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·” ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl.
Для выбора режима нажимайте
кнопку PICTURE MODE.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸
“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ Ë Í‡ÍÓÈ-ÎË·Ó
‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, Ò̇˜‡Î‡ ‚˚·ÂËÚ ˝ÚÓÚ
‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì‡ÊËÏÓÏ
ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ “‚ÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È”
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î.í‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl
ÏÂÊ‰Û ‰‚ÛÏfl ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·ÏË.
ЯРКИЙ :
èÓ‚˚¯‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.
СТАНДАРТ :
Ñ·ÂÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚ÏË.
МЯГКИЙ :
ëÏfl„˜‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.
Функция ВОЗВРАТ :
íÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚Î ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÓÒΉÌËÏ
Ô‰ ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓÏ, Í‡Í “èÓÒΉÌËÈ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ.
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÊ‰Û ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚Ï ‚
‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓÏ Ë “èÓÒΉÌËÈ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ.
Кнопка RETURN+
äÌÓÔ͇ RETURN+ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÚ ‰‚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË:
ÇéáÇêÄí+ Ë ÇéáÇêÄí.
ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÁ‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì ͇Í
“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ, ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÇéáÇêÄí+.
ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÌ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì ͇Í
“ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ, ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÇéáÇêÄí.
• ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ‰‚‡
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÇéáÇêÄí,
‚˚·ÂËÚ Ò̇˜‡Î‡ Ó‰ËÌ, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ
‚ÚÓÓÈ ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò
ˆËÙ‡ÏË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ÌÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË, ‚
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â “èÓÒΉÌËÈ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ ÏÓÊÂÚ
Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl Ì ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î,
ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚Î ‚˚·‡Ì Ô‚˚Ï.
Функция ВОЗВРАТ+ :
á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡‚ ˜‡ÒÚÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚È
ÚÂÎÂÍ‡Ì‡Î Í‡Í “ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÏ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Δ,
ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Π‚ β·ÓÈ
ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÔÛÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊËχ ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN+.
10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Кнопка
/
Выбор телеканала или
панели ВИДЕО.
1 Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY для
отображения ПРОГ. ЛИСТ.
èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ‰‚ÛflÁ˚˜Ì˚ı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÏÓÊÌÓ
‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË üÁ˚Í 1
(Bilingual I (Sub I)) ËÎË üÁ˚Í 2 (Bilingual II (Sub II)).
èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÔËÂÏ ÒÚÂÂÓÚ‡ÌÒÎflˆËË
ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ¸Òfl ÒÓ ÒÚÂÂÓ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓ ‰Îfl
ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚË Á‚Û͇.
2 Кнопками
/
и
/
выберите номер программы
или панели ВИДЕО. Затем
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
• êfl‰ÓÏ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‚ èêéÉ
ãàëí, ‰Îfl ÍÓÚÓ˚ı Á‡‰‡Ì‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl àÑ
çéåÖê, ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÁÌ‡Í ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË
.
Нажмите кнопку
выбора режима звучания.
/ для
: ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌËfl
: åÓÌÓÙÓÌËfl
: üÁ˚Í I (sub I)
• çÓχ Ô‡ÌÂÎÂÈ ÇàÑÖé
„ËÒÚËÛ˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÒΠÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ò
ÌÓÏÂÓÏ èP 99.
: üÁ˚Í II (sub II)
МОНО : éÚÏÂÌflÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Multi Sound, Á‚ÛÍ
ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ.
Кнопка COLOUR SYSTEM
• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Á‡‚ËÒflÚ
ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË, o‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
̘ÂÚÍÓ ËÎË Ìˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÂ, ‚˚·ÂËÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËχı
ÇàÑÖé.
Для выбора системы цветности
используйте кнопку COLOUR
SYSTEM.
КнопкаDISPLAY
чÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
èêéÉ. ãàëí, ÌÓχ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ËÎË
ÌÓχ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÇàÑÖé.
АВТО :
ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ‡ÒÔÓÁ̇‚‡ÌËÂ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ Ò˄̇ÎÛ.
Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY.
• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â Ò˄̇· ‡·ÓÚ‡
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÄÇíé ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì‡Û¯ËÚ¸Òfl. èË
ÔÎÓıÓÏ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
ÄÇíé ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ ‰Û„Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË DISPLAY ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡
˝Í‡ÌÂ.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé ‡ÒÔÓÁ̇ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÔÓ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÏÛ Ò˄̇ÎÛ Ë
‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚˚·Ó‡ ëàëíÖåõ ñÇÖíçéëíà
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (SUB-
picture), ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ “àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl” ̇ ÒÚ. 15.
• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ‚
‡Á΢Ì˚ı Òڇ̇ı Ë Â„ËÓ̇ı, Û͇Á‡Ì˚
‚ Ú‡·Îˈ “íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ
ëàëíÖåõ” ̇ ÒÚ. 12.
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Кнопка SOUND SYSTEM
ТЕЛЕВЕЩАТЕЛЬНЫЕ
СИСТЕМЫ
èÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ú‡·Îˈ‡Ï ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ‚ ‚‡¯ÂÏ Â„ËÓÌÂ.
ëËÒÚÂχ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
(Sound System) ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
é‰Ì‡ÍÓ, ÂÒÎË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
ÒÎ˚¯ÌÓ Ò ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË ÔË ÌÓχθÌÓÏ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË, ‚˚·ÂËÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
Для выбора нужной системы
звукового сопровождения
нажимайте кнопку SOUND
SYSTEM.
B/G : ÒËÒÚÂχ B/G
I
: ÒËÒÚÂχ I
D/K : ÒËÒÚÂχ D/K
M
: ÒËÒÚÂχ M
• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
ÇàÑÖé.
• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı Òڇ̇ı
Ë Â„ËÓ̇ı, Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚ ‚ Ú‡·ÎˈÂ
“íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ ëàëíÖåõ” ̇
ÒÚ. 12.
12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
• äÓ„‰‡ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ËÏÂÂÚÒfl
Кнопка FREEZE
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÒÚÓÔ-
͇‰‡ ÉãÄÇçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ‚ˉÂ
ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË Ë
ÉãÄÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ
STROBE ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂθÁfl.
• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive
Нажмите кнопку FREEZE.
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· (Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P) ̇ʇڸ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STROBE, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ò˄̇Π“525P” Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
STROBE ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
• ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓ̇θÌÓÒÚË ñÇ. íéç ÌÂ
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ‰Îfl ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ‰‡Ê ÔË
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË NTSC.
Для отмены функции
ЗАМОРОЗИТЬ :
ëÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FREEZE.
• äÓ„‰‡ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ËÏÂÂÚÒfl
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË MULTI
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ ̇
˝Í‡Ì ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò ÚÂÏ,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ӷ΄˜ËÚ¸ ‚˚·Ó ̇˷ÓÎÂÂ
ËÌÚÂÂÒÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË Ë
ÉãÄÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ FREEZE
ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂθÁfl.
• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· (Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P) ̇ʇڸ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FREEZE, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ò˄̇Π“525P” Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl FREEZE
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
1 Нажмите кнопку MULTI.
Ç ÂÁÛθڇÚ ̇ÊËÏÓ‚ ÍÌÓÔÍË MULTI
˝Í‡Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó·‡ÁÓÏ.
Кнопка STROBE
ùÚ‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
ÉãÄÇçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ‚ˉ 15
ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌ˚ı ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰Ó‚.
Peжим MULTI из 5 изобрaжeний
2
1
Нажмите кнопку STROBE.
3
4
5
Peжим MULTI из 16 изобрaжeний
1
2
4
3
Для отмены функции STROBE :
5
6
8
7
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STROBE ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í
ÉãÄÇçéåì ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌ˲.
9
10
14
12
16
11
15
5
13
• èË Ò··ÓÏ Ò˄̇ΠÉãÄÇçéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰˚
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl Ò ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËflÏË.
Oтмена Функции MULTI
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
13
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Для вызова на экран следующего
изображения Multi :
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË PIP
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ NEXT.
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰‚Ûı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ (ÉãÄÇç Ë
ÇíéêéëíÖè).
2 Выберите изображение с
помощью кнопок
/
и
/
, а
затем нажмите кнопку MENU/
OK.
ùÍ‡Ì ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ̇ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠËÎË ÂÊËÏ ÇàÑÖé.
Нажмите кнопку PIP.
ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË PIP ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇
˝Í‡Ì ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
• çÓχ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÌË͇ÍËÂ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î˚ Ì Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ì˚, Ë
ÌÓχ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ, ‰Îfl ÍÓÚÓ˚ı
̇Á̇˜Â̇ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl àÑ çéåÖê, ÌÂ
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl.
• Ç˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸ ÓÔ‡ˆËË Ò ÏÂÌ˛, Ú‡ÍË ͇Í
„ÛÎËӂ͇ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚, ÌÂθÁfl. ÑÎfl ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËfl
ÓÔ‡ˆËÈ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
MULTI.
2
5
• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ Progressive
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· (Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P) ̇ʇڸ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MULTI, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ò˄̇Π“525P” Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl MULTI
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
• Ç Ú˜ÂÌË ÌÂÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ÔÂËÓ‰‡, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ‰Îfl
Á‡Í˚‚‡ÌËfl ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÏÌÓ„Ó˜ËÒÎÂÌÌ˚ı
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸.
• ëÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ӉÌÓÈ Ë ÚÓÈ ÊÂ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ (ËÎË ˜ÂÂÁ Ó‰ÌÛ Ë ÚÛ ÊÂ
Ô‡ÌÂθ ÇàÑÖé) Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Í‡Í
ÉãÄÇçéÖ Ë ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ÌÂθÁfl.
• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ Ò˄̇ΠÉãÄÇçéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò˄̇ΠÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ Ú‡ÍÊ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÎÓıËÏ.
• ÖÒÎË Òڇ̉‡Ú˚ ÓÒÌÓ‚ÌÓ„Ó Ë
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‡Á΢Ì˚,
Ëı ‚ÂıÌËÂ Ë ÌËÊÌË ˜‡ÒÚË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ¸.
• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËË PIP ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
ZOOM Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.
• ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÂθÁfl
ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‚ ‚ˉ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇·
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
• ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇·
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P) ̇ʇڸ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PIP, ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ Ò˄̇Π“525P” Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
PIP ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
4 Нажмите кнопку
выбора ВТОРОСТЕП, а затем
кнопку для выбора нужной
/
для
Выбор телеканала для
ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО
изображения
/
системы цветности. После этого
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
Нажмите кнопку SUB-P m.
• àÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ëàëíÖåì ñÇÖíçéëíà
ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË COLOUR SYSTEM ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÂθÁfl.
Прослушивание звукового
сопровождения
ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО
изображения
Кнопка POSITION
á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔË
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÂÊËχ “PeÊËÏ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl”.
ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚, ÔË
˝ÚÓÏ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË éëçéÇçéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl ˜ÂÂÁ
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
Нажимайте кнопку POSITION.
ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“çAìôçàKà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.
èË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ Ì‡ÊËÏ ˝ÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË
ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÂÂÏ¢‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ ̇ԇ‚ÎÂÌËË ÔÓÚË‚
˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË.
Изменение системы
цветности
ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОГО
изображения
1 Когда на экране имеется
ВТОРОСТЕПЕННОЕ
изображение, нажмите кнопку
MENU/OK для вызова на экран
МЕНЮ (основное меню).
/
Кнопка SWAP
ùÚ‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÏÂÒÚ‡ÏË
2 Нажмите кнопки
/
и
ÉãÄÇçéÖ Ë ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
для выборы СВОЙСТВА
ИЗОБРАЖЕНИЯ, а затем
кнопку MENU/OK.
Нажмите кнопку SWAP.
3 Нажмите кнопку
/
для
выборы СИСТЕМА ЦВЕТНОСТИ,
а затем кнопку MENU/OK.
• ç ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SWAP ÔË
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÌËË ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ̇ Çå –
˝ÚÓ Ô˂‰ÂÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó
Ò˄̇· ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
èÓÒÏÓÚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
Ò ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ
Кнопка HOLD
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl (HOLD)
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÒÍÓθ
Û„Ó‰ÌÓ ‰Ó΄Ó, ‰‡Ê ÍÓ„‰‡ ÔËÌËχÂÚÒfl
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‰Û„Ëı ÒÚ‡Ìˈ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡.
1 Выберите телеканал с
телетекстом.
2 Нажмите кнопкуTV/TEXT.
Нажмите кнопку HOLD
ç‡ÊËÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË TV/TEXT ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ÂÊËÏ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
Ç Î‚ÓÏ ‚ÂıÌÂÏ Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
.
Для отмены функции Hold :
ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ HOLD.
Кнопка REVEAL
ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÚ‡Ìˈ‡ı ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡
ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÒÍ˚Ú˚È ÚÂÍÒÚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, ÓÚ‚ÂÚ˚
̇ ‚ÓÔÓÒ˚ ‚ËÍÚÓËÌ˚).
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì
ÒÍ˚ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÍÒÚ‡.
При каждом нажиме на кнопку
REVEAL текст исчезает или
появляется.
3 Выберите страницу телетекста
с помощью кнопок CHANNEL
m, кнопок с цифрами или
цветных кнопок.
Кнопка SIZE
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl ‚˚ÒÓÚ˚
‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ‚‰‚ÓÂ.
Для возврата к режиму ТВ :
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/TEXT ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/
VIDEO.
Нажмите кнопку SIZE.
Кнопка INDEX
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ï„ÌÓ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó
• ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌË͇˛Ú ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í
ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ ËÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË.
‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í ÒÚ‡Ìˈ ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌËfl.
Нажмите кнопку INDEX.
• Ç ÂÊËÏ íÂÍÒÚ ZOOM Á‡ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡Ì
̇ ÂÊËÏ çéêåÄãúçéÖ.
• Ç ÂÊËÏÂ ëÔËÒÓÍ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í
ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ, ÌÓÏ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl
‚ ΂ÓÏ ÌËÊÌÂÏ Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.
• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò
ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚÓÏ ÓÔ‡ˆËË Ò ÏÂÌ˛
‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸ ÌÂθÁfl.
Кнопка CANCEL
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÒ͇ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ˚
ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.
• èË Ì‚ÂÌÓÏ ‚˚‚Ӊ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì
ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ËÁÏÂÌËÚÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ.
èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚ ҂‰ÂÌËfl ÒÏ. ÔÓ‰
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ “üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ” ̇ ÒÚ.
34.
1 Нажимая кнопки с цифрами,
введите номер страницы или
нажмите цветную кнопку.
íÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ ËÒ͇ڸ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ
ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
16
äÌÓÔÍË Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
2 Нажмите кнопку CANCEL.
Использование режима
Список
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸ ÌÓχ β·ËÏ˚ı
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ
‚˚Á˚‚‡Ú¸ Ëı ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚ı
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÚÂÎÂÔÓ„‡Ïχ. äÓ„‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì‡È‰ÂÚ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡,
 ÌÓÏ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ ΂ÓÏ ‚ÂıÌÂÏ
Û„ÎÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.
3 Нажмите кнопку CANCEL для
возврата к странице
телетекста, когда ее номер
появится на экране.
• ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË CANCEL ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl
‚ ÂÊËÏ íÇ ÌÂθÁfl.
Для сохранения номеров страниц :
1 Нажмите кнопку MODE для
входа в режим Список.
Ç ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl
Ëϲ˘ËÂÒfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÌÓχ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ.
2 С помощью цветной кнопки
выберите номер (позицию).
Затем с помощью кнопок с
цифрами введите номер
страницы.
Кнопка SUBPAGE
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ËϲÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÏ˚Â
ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡Ìˈ˚. àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸
ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡Ìˈ˚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ËÎË ÂÂ
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‚ β·ÓÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
3 Нажмите и удержите кнопку
STORE.
1 Нажмите кнопку SUBPAGE
для включения функции
Подстраница.
óÂÚ˚ ÌÓχ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸
̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ˜ÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡
ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌË Ëı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË.
çÓχ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡Ìˈ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl ‚
ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡.
Для вызова сохраненной страницы :
1 Нажмите кнопку MODE для
входа в режим Список.
Цвет*
Состояние подстраницы
ÜÂÎÚ˚È
ÅÂÎ˚È
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‚ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ.
åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚Á‚‡Ì‡ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì.
2 Нажмите цветную кнопку, для
которой был назначен нужный
номер страницы.
ëËÌËÈ ËÎË
͇ÒÌ˚È
ç ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚Á‚‡Ì‡ ̇
˝Í‡Ì Ë Ì ÔÓÒ·̇.
* : ñ‚ÂÚ ÙÓ̇, ̇ ÍÓÚÓÓÏ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl
ÌÓÏ ÔÓ‰ÒÚ‡Ìˈ˚.
Для выхода из режима Список :
ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MODE
2 Нажимайте кнопки CHANNEL
m для выбора номера
подстраницы.
Для отмены функции Подстраница :
ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SUBPAGE.
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Как пользоваться меню телевизора
êfl‰ÓÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÏÂÌ˛.
óÚÓ·˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ‚ÒÂı ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ıÓÓ¯Ó
Á̇ڸ ÔË̈ËÔ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÂÌ˛.
Основные операции
POWER
TV/VIDEO
1 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK для
PICTURE
MODE
вызова МЕНЮ (основного меню).
ZOOM SPATIALIZER BASS
1
4
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
7
RETURN
MULTI
• ç‡ ‰ËÒÔΠÒÌËÁÛ ÓÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓ͇Á‡Ì˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË
ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl,
ÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‰Îfl
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ.
MUTING
PIP
SUB-P
NEXT
PIP
POSITION
FREEZE
SWAP
STROBE
DISPLAY
MENU/
OK
2 Нажимая кнопки
/
и
/
выберите название меню, а затем
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛.
SYSTEM
COLOUR SOUND
TV/TEXT
Для возврата к предыдущему меню :
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
HOLD
MODE
REVEAL
SIZE
SUBPAGE STORE CANCEL
INDEX
Для мгновенного выхода из меню :
TEXT
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO.
3 С помощью кнопок
функцию.
/
выберите
• ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó ÙÛÌ͈Ëflı ‚
ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÈÚË Ì‡ ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ‡ı.
18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
4 Для выбора настройки этой
функции используйте кнопки
/
.
• ÑÎfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌ͈ËË,
Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂÏ,
ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌË ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ì‡
ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒÚ‡Ìˈ‡ı.
5 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения настройки.
åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ Ô‰‡˜ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ NTSC
ÏÂÌ˛ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡ÁÏ ÔÓ ‚ÂÚË͇ÎË ‚‰‚ÓÂ
ÏÂ̸¯ËÈ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ‡Áχ ÏÂÌ˛.
Использование кнопок
телевизора
ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
ÍÌÓÔÍË, Ô‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ ̇ Ô‰ÌÂÈ
Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
кнопки
OK
кнопки
кнопки
кнопки
TV/VIDEO
/
/
MENU
OK
CHANEL
VOLUME TV/VIDEO
EXIT
• ç‡ Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂÚ
ÍÌÓÔÍË, Ëϲ˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË
DISPLAY ËÎË ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË.
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
åÂÌ˛ èÄêÄåÖíêõ
àáéÅêÄÜÖçàü
ЯРКО
üÍÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.
: ÚÂÏÌÂÂ
: Ò‚ÂÚÎÂÂ
ЧЕТКО
óÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ
„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.
: ÏÂ̸¯Â
: ·Óθ¯Â
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl óÖíäé Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË ÔËÂÏÂ
Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚ (Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P).
èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà
ÑÎfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸
Ó‰ÌÛ ËÁ ÚÂı èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà.
ЦВЕТ
ñ‚ÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.
: ·Î‰ÌÂÂ
: ÒÓ˜ÌÂÂ
ЯРКИЙ :
ì‚Â΢˂‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë flÍÓÒÚ¸.
ЦВ.ТОН
ñ‚ÂÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÚÓÌ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ
СТАНДАРТ :
Ñ·ÂÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
“Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚ÏË”.
„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.
: ͇ÒÌÓ‚‡Ú˚È
: ÁÂÎÂÌÓ‚‡Ú˚È
МЯГКИЙ :
• àÁÏÂÌÂÌË ԇ‡ÏÂÚ‡ ñÇ. íéç
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË NTSC 3.58 ËÎË NTSC
4.43.
ëÏfl„˜‡ÂÚ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚ¸.
• ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà
ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÍÌÓÔÍË PICTURE MODE ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“äÌÓÔ͇ PICTURE MODE” ̇ ÒÚ.
10.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ñÇ. íéç Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË
ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P).
Для возврата к исходным параметрам
ПРЕДУСТАНОВКИ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÒËÌ˛˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ. Ç ÂÁÛθڇÚÂ
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ‚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ
èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà ‚ÂÌÛÚÒfl Í ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚Ï
Á̇˜ÂÌËflÏ, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ˚ ͇Í
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà.
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
臇ÏÂÚ˚ ͇ʉÓÈ Ô‰ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸. ÇÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚Â
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÒÓı‡ÌflÚÒfl Ë ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ
ÅÄãÄçë ÅÖãéÉé
Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ‡ÏË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ Ô‰ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
ÑÎfl „ÛÎËÓ‚ÍË ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ
‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÅÄãÄçë
ÅÖãéÉé (Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÚÂı ÚÓÌÓ‚ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó). èÓÒÍÓθÍÛ
·ÂÎ˚È ˆ‚ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl Í‡Í ·‡ÁÓ‚˚È ‰Îfl ‚ÒÂı
ÓÒڇθÌ˚ı ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚, ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÂÊËχ ÅÄãÄçë
ÅÖãéÉé ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‚ÒÂı ÓÒڇθÌ˚ı ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚.
КОНТРАСТ
äÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ
„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸.
: ÏÂ̸¯Â
: ·Óθ¯Â
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ХОЛОД :
ÅÂÎ˚È Ò „ÓÎÛ·ËÁÌÓÈ. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝ÚÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ flÍËı
åÂÌ˛ ëÇéâëíÇÄ
àáéÅêÄÜÖçàü
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl
·ÓΠÊË‚˚ı Ë flÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ.
СРЕДНИЙ :
çÓχθÌ˚È ·ÂÎ˚È ˆ‚ÂÚ.
ТЕПЛЫЙ :
ÅÂÎ˚È Ò Í‡ÒÌÓ‚‡Ú˚Ï ÓÚÚÂÌÍÓÏ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ ÔË
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÙËθÏÓ‚ ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸
ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ·ÓΠÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ‰Îfl ÙËθÏÓ‚
ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚.
ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò ÒÌËʇÂÚ
ÔÓÏÂıË, ËÒ͇ʇ˛˘Ë ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÅÄãÄçë ÅÖãéÉé Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‚ ÂÊËÏ “‰‚ÓÈÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË” ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ 16:9
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ZOOM (ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl χүڇ·‡
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl).
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
ÔË ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P).
АВТО :
íÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚ
ÛÓ‚Â̸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË
ÒÓ ÒÚÂÔÂ̸˛ ÔÓÏÂı Ë Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ËÚ Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
ñàîêéÇéâ
ùäéëÖçëéê
èË ‚˚·Ó ñàîêéÇéÉâ ùäéëÖçëéê
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Â„ÛÎËÛÂÚÒfl
‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò flÍÓÒÚ¸˛ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËfl ‚
ÍÓÏ̇ÚÂ. ùÚÓ ÒÌËʇÂÚ Ì‡ÔflÊÂÌË „·Á Ë
ÔÓÚ·ÎflÂÏÛ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
• ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍËÈ
ÛÓ‚Â̸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò,
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ ̘ÂÚÍËÏ.
êÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ
ÄÇíé.
˝ÎÂÍÚÓ˝Ì„˲.
МАКС :
ВКЛ :
ìÓ‚Â̸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl
̇ χÍÒËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË Ë ÔÓÒΠ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
ÂÊËχ ÄÇíé ËϲÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË,
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
ВЫКЛ :
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé ̇ åÄäë.
• ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ åÄäë Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îfl
‚˚ÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò
ÒËθÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.
ДИСПЛЕЙ :
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl. èË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË flÍÓÒÚË ‚ ÍÓÏ̇Ú ̇ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ
МИН :
ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl Á̇˜ÍË
Ó·ÓÁ̇˜‡˛˘Ë flÍÓÒÚ¸. óÂÏ ÚÂÏÌ ‚
ÍÓÏ̇ÚÂ, ÚÂÏ ·Óθ¯Â ˜ËÒÎÓ Á̇˜ÍÓ‚.
,
ìÓ‚Â̸ ñàîêéÇAü ëèÇò ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl
̇ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒΠ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÂÊËχ
ÄÇíé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÒÚ‡ÎÓ Ì‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ
˜ÂÚÍËÏ, ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé ̇ åàç.
• ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ åàç Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ ‰Îfl
ÌËÁÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò
ÒËθÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
МИН :
DigiPure
ìÓ‚Â̸ DigiPure ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇
ÏËÌËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒΠÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË DigiPure ̇
ÄÇíé ËϲÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÂÂȉËÚ ̇ åàç.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl Digipure ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÌÓ‚ÂÈ¯Û˛
ˆËÙÓ‚Û˛ ÚÂıÌÓÎӄ˲ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl
ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. îÛÌ͈Ëfl
Digipure ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‰‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
• êÂÊËÏ åàç Ì ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‰Îfl
‚˚ÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ÒÓ
Ò··˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.
Функция Digipure :
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡Ì˲
ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔÛÚÂÏ
Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl Î˯ÌËı ͇‚˚ı ÁÓÌ
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl DigiPure ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
‚˚ÒÓÍÓÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌ˚ı Ë ˜ÂÚÍËı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ.
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌËÁÍÓÍÓÌÚ‡ÒÚÌ˚ı ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ
͇‚˚ ÁÓÌ˚ ‰Ó·‡‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl
·ÓΠ˜ÂÚÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
îÛÌÍˆË˛ DigiPure ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚
ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé, åÄäë Ë åàç.
PULL DOWN
ÇÍβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËË PULL DOWN
‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ·ÓΠ˜ÂÚÍÓÂ Ë ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ
¯ËÓÍÓÙÓχÚÌ˚ı ÍËÌÓÙËθÏÓ‚.
Функция компенс ации движения
изображения :
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ·ÓΠÔ·‚ÌÛ˛ Ë
ÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÛ˛ Ô‰‡˜Û ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ·˚ÒÚÓ
‰‚ËÊÛ˘ËıÒfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ, Ú‡ÍËı ͇Í
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÙÛÚ·ÓÎËÒÚÓ‚ Ë Ïfl˜‡.
АВТО:
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜Â̇. Ç Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ
‡·ÓÚ˚ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÎÊ̇ ·˚Ú¸
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ Ì‡ ÄÇíé.
ВЫКЛ:
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜Â̇.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl Digipure Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË
ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P).
• Ñ‚ËÊÂÌË ӷ˙ÂÍÚÓ‚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Í‡Á‡Ú¸Òfl
ÌÂÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË
NTSC. óÚÓ·˚ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ËÚ¸ ·ÓΠÔ·‚ÌÓÂ
‰‚ËÊÂÌËÂ, ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ PULL
DOWN Ò ÄÇíé ̇ Çõäã.
АВТО :
íÂ΂ËÁÓ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚ„ÛÎËÛÂÚ
ÛÓ‚Â̸ DigiPure ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÛÓ‚ÌÂÏ
ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËÈ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ËÚ
̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‚
ÂÊËÏ “‰‚ÓÈÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl” Ë ‚
ÂÊËÏ “ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË”.
• èË ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÏ ÛÓ‚Ì DigiPure Ë
ÌËÁÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÏ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË Ò
ÒËθÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ
¢ ·Óθ¯Â ÛÒËÎËÚ¸Òfl. êÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ ÄÇíé.
МАКС :
ìÓ‚Â̸ DigiPure ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇
χÍÒËÏÛÏ. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÒΠÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË DigiPure ̇
ÄÇíé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË Ô‰‡ÂÚÒfl Ì ÒÓ‚ÒÂÏ
ÔÓÎÌÓ, ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÄÇíé ̇ åÄäë.
• êÂÊËÏ åÄäë Ì ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
ÌËÁÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ò
ÒËθÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÏÂı‡ÏË.
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
2 Нажимайте кнопки для
/
ëàëíÖåÄ ñÇÖíçéëíà
выбора режима ZOOM. Затем
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‡Ò¯ËËÚÒfl, ‡ ̇Á‚‡ÌËÂ
‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ ZOOM ÓÒÚ‡ÂÚÒfl ̇
˝Í‡Ì ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ÓÍÓÎÓ 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ÂÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÌÂflÒÌÓ ËÎË Ìˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÂ, ‚˚·ÂËÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
1 Выберите СИСТЕМА
ЦВЕТНОСТИ и нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
• àϲÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÂÊËÏ˚ :
çéêåÄãúçéÖ, ZOOM Ë 16:9. ÅÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“äÌÓÔ͇ ZOOM” ̇ ÒÚ. 9.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ZOOM Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÔË
ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P).
PICTURE TILT
2 С помощью кнопок
/
àÁ-Á‡ ‚ÎËflÌËfl χ„ÌËÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎfl ÁÂÏÎË
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÍÓÒËÚ¸Òfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÏÓÊÌÓ ÓÚÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸
выберите нужную систему
цветности. Затем нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ëàëíÖåA
ñÇÖíçéëíà ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ “àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË ÇíéêéëíÖèÖççéÉé
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl” ̇ ÒÚ. 15.
1 Выберите PICTURETILT и
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
• îÛÌ͈ËÂÈ ëàëíÖåÄ ñÇÖíçéëíà
ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÍÌÓÔÍË COLOUR SYSTEM ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÅÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“äÌÓÔ͇ COLOUR SYSTEM” ̇ ÒÚ. 11.
2 Нажимайте кнопки
пор, пока перекос не
/
до тех
ZOOM
устранится. Затем нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÙÓχڇ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÛÚÂÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl
ÍÓ˝ÙÙˈËÂÌÚ‡ ÔÓÔÓˆËÓ̇θÌÓÒÚË.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÓÔÚËχθÌ˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÁ ÚÂı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ZOOM.
1 Выберите ZOOM и нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
åÂÌ˛
èêÖÑìëíÄçéÇäà áÇìäÄ
БАЛАНС
åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ ÏÂÊ‰Û Î‚˚Ï
Ë Ô‡‚˚Ï „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎflÏË.
: Û‚Â΢ÂÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Î‚ӄÓ
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎfl.
: Û‚Â΢ÂÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ô‡‚Ó„Ó
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎfl.
AI ìêéÇÖçú
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸
Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÂÁÍÓ„Ó Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl ËÎË
ÛÏÂ̸¯ÂÌËfl ÛÓ‚Ìfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÔË
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËË ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚ Ë ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËË
Ò Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ ÇàÑÖé ̇ ‰Û„ÓÈ.
ëíÖêÖé / I•II
èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ‰‚ÛflÁ˚˜Ì˚ı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ
ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
üÁ˚Í I (Sub I) ËÎË üÁ˚Í II (Sub II). èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ
ÔËÂÏ ÒÚÂÂÓÚ‡ÌÒÎflˆËË ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ¸Òfl ÒÓ ÒÚÂÂÓ Ì‡ ÏÓÌÓ ‰Îfl
ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ˜ÂÚÍÓÒÚË Á‚Û͇.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜Â̇.
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜Â̇.
: ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌËfl
: åÓÌÓÙÓÌËfl
: üÁ˚Í I (sub I)
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl AI ìêéÇÖçú ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl
ÓÚ‰ÂθÌÓ ‰Îfl ÂÊËχ íÇ Ë ÂÊËχ
ÇàÑÖé.
ç‡ÔËÏÂ, ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡‰‡Ú¸  Çõäã ‚
ÂÊËÏ íÇ Ë Çäã ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÇàÑÖé.
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ AI ìêéÇÖçú
ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ˜ÂÂÁ
Ô‡ÌÂθ ÇàÑÖé, ˝Ú‡ ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÛÂÚÒfl Í‡Í Ì‡ÒÚÓÈ͇
ÂÊËχ ÇàÑÖé.
: üÁ˚Í II (sub II)
МОНО : éÚÏÂÌflÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Multi Sound, Á‚ÛÍ
ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ.
• ÇÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Á‡‚ËÒflÚ
ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl AI ìêéÇÖçú ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‰‡‚‡Ú¸
ÌÛÊÌ˚ı ÂÁÛθڇÚÓ‚ ÔË Ó˜Â̸ ÌËÁÍÓÏ
ÛÓ‚ÌÂ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
• ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËχı
ÇàÑÖé.
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl, Ô‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓÈ Òڇ̈ËÂÈ (ËÎË
Á‡‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚Ï
ê„ÛÎËӂ͇ Á‚Û͇
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ„Ó
„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Á‚Û͇.
Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ‚ˉÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ˚).
BBE
БАС
åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÌËÊÌË ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚ Á‚Û͇.
: Ò··ÂÂ
: ÒËθÌÂÂ
îÛÌÍˆË˛ ÇÇÖ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îfl
ÔÓÒÚÓ„Ó Ôˉ‡ÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌ˲ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍ ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó,
ÌÂÒÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl.
ТЕМБР
åÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ÂıÌË ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚
Á‚Û͇.
: Ò··ÂÂ
: ÒËθÌÂÂ
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
1 Выберите НАУЩНИКИ и
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
Система BBE используется по лицензии
компании ВВE Sound, Inc. ВВЕ является
зарегистрированной торговой маркой
компании BBE Sound, inc.
2 С помощью кнопки
сделайте выбор, а с помощью
кнопки установите
/
SPATIALIZER
/
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË SPATIALIZER ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ “ÊË‚ÓÈ” ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔË
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Surround sound
(ÓÍÛʇ˛˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍ).
функцию НАУЩНИКИ.
Нажмите кнопку OK, а затем
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı ÂÊËÏÓ‚
SPATIALIZER.
ГРОМКОСТЬ :
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.
• åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ÂÊËÏÓ‚ SPATIALIZER: LIVE, MOçO ËÎË
Çõäã.
TV ГРОМКОГОВОР :
äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜Â̇, „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁӇ̂˚Íβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl‰‡ÊÂÔË
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚. ÖÒÎË ˝Ú‡
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜Â̇, „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl.
ÖÒÎË ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜Â̇ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ì ‚˚Íβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl ‰‡Ê ÔË
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛,
ÅÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“äÌÓÔ͇ SPATIALIZER” ̇ ÒÚ. 9.
Система SPATIALIZER изготовлена по
лицензии компании Desper Products,Inc.
ëìèÖê ÅÄë
ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÏÓ˘Ì˚ı ·‡ÒÓ‚ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ëÛÔ ŇÒ.
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÒfl
ÔË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
ВЫХОД :
ВЫКЛ :
èË ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚
ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ Á‚Û͇ ͇Í
éëçéÇçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË (ÉãABH) ËÎË
ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÖ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
(BTOPOCTEè).
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
çÄìôçàäà
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸
ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
˜ÂÂÁ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚.
• á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçéÉé ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
ÌÂθÁfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
• èË ‚˚‚Ӊ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ‡
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ
ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ,
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ëíÖêÖé/I•II
·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚Ï.
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
• ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˝ÚÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÌÂθÁfl
ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÂÚ‚Ó ÔËÚ‡ÌË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
åÂÌ˛ ëÇéâëíÇÄ
• äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜Â̇, ÏÓÊÌÓ
‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ íÄâåÖê ÇõäãûóÖçàü
‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
ëàçàâ îéç
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇ ÒËÌËÈ Ë
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚Û͇ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò··Ó„Ó ËÎË
ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó Ò˄̇·, ËÎË ÊÂ
‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË Ì ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ Ò˄̇ΠÒ
‚̯ÌÂ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
íÄâåÖê
ÇõäãûóÖçàü
åÓÊÌÓ Á‡‰‡Ú¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ‚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
1 Выберите ТАЙМЕР
ВЫКЛЮЧЕНИЯ и нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
Ô‰ÌËı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. äÓ„‰‡ ˝Ú‡
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ Çäã, ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ‰Îfl
Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
‰ÂÚ¸ÏË (·ÂÁ ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÈ).
2 С помощью кнопок
/
установите период времени.
í‡ÈÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇˜ÌÂÚ ÓÚÒ˜ÂÚ
Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
• åÓÊÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÔÂËÓ‰ ‚ÂÏÂÌË
‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‰Ó 120 ÏËÌÛÚ (2 ˜‡Ò‡)
Ôˇ˘ÂÌËflÏË ÔÓ 10 ÏËÌÛÚ.
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
Для отмены этой функции:
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË “Çõäã”.
àÑ çéåÖê
ÖÒÎË Ç˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ÂÚË ÒÏÓÚÂÎË
ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î.
ÖÒÎË Â·ÂÌÓÍ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ ÌÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚,
ÔËÒ‚ÓÂÌÌ˚È Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏÛ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÛ, ˝Í‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ Ë Ì‡ ÌÂÏ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ , Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÌÂθÁfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ˉÂÚ¸.
3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения установки.
åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
• ᇠӉÌÛ ÏËÌÛÚÛ ‰Ó ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸
“ëèéäéâçéâ çéóà!”.
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
Как включить эту
функцию
1 Выберите ИД НОМЕР затем
нажмите кнопку 0 (AV).
Для просмотра
заблокированного
телеканала
1 Выберите номер программы с
заблокированным
телеканалом с помощью
кнопок с цифрами или списка
ПРОГ. ЛИСТ.
ùÍ‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ Ë ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
çéåÖê).
(àÑ
2 Установите ИД номер.
Для выбора номера:
/
̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË
.
• ᇷÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÌÂθÁfl
‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ
/
.
Для перемещения курсора:
/
̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË
.
2 Нажмите кнопку DISPLAY для
вызова на экран“ИД НОМЕР”.
3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
3 Введите ИД номер с помощью
кнопок с цифрами.
ÅÎÓÍËӂ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÌÂ̇, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ
ÏÓÊÌÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸
Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î.
4 Нажимайте кнопки
выбора телеканала.
/
для
Если Вы забыли ИД номер :
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô 1, ˜ÚÓ·˚ “ä‡Í ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸
˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛”. èÓÒΠÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl àÑ
ÌÓχ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‰Îfl
‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.
• ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÔÓ„‡Ïχ, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl
‚ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ËÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ Ú‡ÌÒÎËÛÂÚÒfl ÔÓ
‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÛ.
5 Нажмите синюю кнопку для
включения этой функции для
данного телеканала.
• ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË àÑ çéåÖê
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ˝Ú‡Ô “ä‡Í
‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛”.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
(àÑ çéåÖê) Ë ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î
·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ì.
Для отмены этой функции :
ëÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒËÌ˛˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
(àÑ çéåÖê) ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ë ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î
·Û‰ÂÚ ‡Á·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ì.
6 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения установки.
åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓ Á‡‚¯ÂÌËË
‚¢‡ÌËfl, Ú.Â. ÂÒÎË ÓÌ Ì ÔËÌËχÂÚ Ò˄̇·
‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ÓÍÓÎÓ 15 ÏËÌÛÚ.
ВКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
ВЫКЛ :
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ ÌÂ
Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÒÂÚ‚ӄÓ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÇàÑÖé.
VIDEO-3
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ Ô‡‚ËθÌÛ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ VIDEO-3, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛
ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡˛˘ÂÏÛ ÓÚ ‚̯ÌÂ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡,
˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-3, ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÛ. èË
ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÌÂ
·Û‰ÂÚ.
ВИДЕО :
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÌÓχθÌ˚È
(ÔÓÎÌ˚È) ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î.
КОМПОНЕНТHЫЙ :
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡ÂÚ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È
B
R
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇Π(Y/C /C ).
• èÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÔÓ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËflÏ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ” ̇
ÒÚ. 36.
• чÌÌ˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ Ò
Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓÏ (Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚
525P) ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ÔÓ‰‡˜Â ̇ ‚ıÓ‰
ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇·.
28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
åÂÌ˛ HÄCTPéâäà
• ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÄÇíé èêéÉ.
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
2 После сохранения
телеканалов в списке номеров
программ появится меню
НАСТРОЙКА.
üáõä
åÓÊÌÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ flÁ˚Í ÏÂÌ˛ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇
flÁ˚ÍÓ‚.
1 Выберите ЯЗЫК и нажмите
кнопку MENU/OK.
OK
TV
DISP
2 Нажимайте кнопки
выбора языка.
3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения установки.
åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
/
для
• èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸
ÌÓχ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË
çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû. ÅÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” ̇ ÒÚ. 30.
• ÖÒÎË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÌ ·˚Î
ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ,
Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÙÛÌ͈ËË êìóçÄü. ÅÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû” ̇ ÒÚ. 30.
ÄÇíé èêéÉ.
àÏÂÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË Û‚ÂÂÌÌÓ ÔËÌËχÂÏ˚ı
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓχÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ. ÑÎfl
˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ.
• îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ. Ì ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÚ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î˚ ̇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ Ò ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 0
(AV).
1 Выберите АВТО ПРОГ. и
нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
ÇÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÄÇíé èêéÉ.
èËÌËχÂÏ˚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÔËÒÍÂ
ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.
• ÖÒÎË ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ÌÂ
ÌÛÊ̇, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU/OK ‰Îfl
‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ИД :
çÄëíêéâäÄ/
Çêìóçìû
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl „ËÒÚËÛÂÚ Ì‡Á‚‡ÌËÂ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· (àÑ).
îÛÌ͈ËË çÄëíêéâäÄ/Çêìóçìû ‰ÂÎflÚÒfl ̇
‰‚‡ ÚËÔ‡:
ВСТАВКА :
‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Ëı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl çÄëíêéâäÄ) Ë Û˜Ì‡fl
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËfl ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl êìóçÄü).
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰Ó·‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÌÓ‚˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ΠÍ
ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ ÒÔËÒÍÛ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÔÛÚÂÏ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÌÓχ CH/CC.
УДАЛИТЬ :
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Û‰‡ÎflÂÚ ÌÂÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î.
ВНИМАНИЕ
• Ç ÂÁÛθڇÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ
ìèêÄÇã, ìÑÄãàíú ËÎË ÇëíÄÇäÄ
РУЧНАЯ :
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ Û˜ÌÛ˛
„ËÒÚ‡ˆË˛ ÌÓ‚Ó„Ó ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ÔÓ‰
ÌÓÏÂÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ÔÂÂÁ‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó
ÒÔËÒ͇ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.
Ç ÂÁÛθڇÚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÌÓχ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚÒfl.
3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения настройки.
• ÑÎfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ êR 0 ‚
ÒÔËÒÍ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl “AV”.
• ÖÒÎË ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Π·˚Î Á‡ÔÂÚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÙÛÌ͈ËË àÑ çéåÖê ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË êìóçÄü ‰Îfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·
ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚ Í ÓÚÏÂÌ ÙÛÌ͈ËË àÑ çéåÖê.
• ÖÒÎË ‰Îfl ÌÓχ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ èê 99
ÛÊ ̇Á̇˜ÂÌ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÇëíÄÇäÄ Ô˂‰ÂÚ Í ÒÚˇÌ˲ ˝ÚÓ„Ó
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·.
ФУНКЦИИ
УПРАВЛ
1 Нажимайте кнопки
выбора телеканала.
/
для
1 Выберите НАСТРОЙКА/
ВРУЧНУЮ и нажмите кнопку
MENU/OK.
2 Нажмите кнопку для
включения функции УПРАВЛ.
2 Используйте функцию
согласно ее описанию.
3 С помощью кнопок
/
выберите новый номер
программы.
УПРАВЛ :
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ÌÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·.
Для отмены функции УПРАВЛ :
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
РУЧНАЯ
1 Нажимайте кнопки
4 Нажмите кнопку для
изменения номера программы
телеканала.
/
для
выбора номера программы,
под которым Вы хотите
зарегистрировать новый
телеканал.
ИД
1 Нажимайте кнопки
выбора телеканала.
/
для
2 Нажмите синюю кнопку для
включения функции РУЧНАЯ.
2 Нажмите красную кнопку для
включения функции ИД.
3 Введите название телеканала
(ИД).
ë Ô‡‚ÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ÓÚ ÌÓχ CH/CC
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ëàëíÖåÄ (ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl) ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·.
Пользуйтесь кнопками
для выбора знаков.
/
Пользуйтесь кнопками
/
для перемещения курсора.
Для отмены функции РУЧНАЯ :
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
3 Нажимайте кнопку для
выбора телевещательной
системы (системы звукового
сопровождения) для
Для отмены функции ИД:
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
4 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для регистрации названия
телеканала.
регистрируемого телеканала.
• ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl ‰Îfl
‡Á΢Ì˚ı „ËÓÌÓ‚ Ë ÒÚ‡Ì Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚
‚ Ú‡·Îˈ “íÖãÖÇÖôÄíÖãúçõÖ
УДАЛИТЬ
ëàëíÖåõ” ̇ ÒÚ. 12.
1 Нажимайте кнопки
выбора телеканала.
2 Нажмите желтую кнопку для
удаления телеканала.
/
для
4 Нажмите зеленую или красную
кнопку для поиска
телеканала.
ë͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ÔÂ͇ÚËÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Π·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡È‰ÂÌ. ùÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.
ä‡Ì‡Î ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÌÓÏÂÓ‚
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ.
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
5 Нажимайте зеленую или
красную кнопку до тех пор,
пока не появится нужный
телеканал.
3 С помощью кнопок
/
выберите“CC” или “CH”
согласно номеру CH/CC
телеканала.
При плохом приеме телеканала :
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒËÌÂÈ ËÎË ÊÂÎÚÓÈ ÍÌÓÔÍË
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÚÓÌÍÛ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ Ì‡ ˝ÚÓÚ
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î.
Для отмены функции ВСТАВКА :
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY.
4 С помощью кнопок с цифрами
введите оставшийся номер CH/
CC.
Если не удается получить нормальное
звуковое сопровождение даже при
нормальном изображении :
ùÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÛ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ ëàëíÖåA. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ëàëíÖåA Ò ÌÓχθÌ˚Ï
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Ï ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂÏ.
íÂ΂ËÁÓ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË. èÓ Á‡‚¯ÂÌËË
„ËÒÚ‡ˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
• çÓÏ CH/CC Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ, ̇
ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚‰ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂¢‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó·Ì‡ÛÊËÚ¸
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÂ
ÚÂ΂¢‡ÌËfl, Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ
CH/CC, ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á‡ÒÚ‡‚͇, Û͇Á˚‚‡˛˘‡fl
̇ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ë Ò˄̇·.
6 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для регистрации телеканала
под номером программы.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄëíêéâäÄ.
ВСТАВКА
ПОДГОТОВКА
• ç‡È‰ËÚ ÌÓÏ CH/CC,
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÌÓÏÂÛ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·, ‚
Ú‡·Î. ̇ ÒÚ. 33.
1 Нажимайте кнопки
/
для
выбора номера программы,
под которым регистрируется
новый телеканал.
2 Нажмите зеленую кнопку для
включения функции ВСТАВКА.
32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
Номер CH/CC
ÖÒÎË Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÇëíÄÇäÄ, ÓÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ̇ ÒÚ. 32, ̇ȉËÚ ÌÓÏ CH/CC,
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÛ, ÔÓ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ Ú‡·ÎˈÂ.
US: çÓχ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ ëòÄ, ̇ îËÎËÔÔË̇ı Ë Ú.‰.
CCIR: çÓχ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ı ̇ ÅÎËÊÌÂÏ ÇÓÒÚÓÍÂ, ‚ û„Ó-ÇÓÒÚÓ˜ÌÓÈ ÄÁËË Ë Ú.‰.
OIRT: çÓχ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ ÇÓÒÚÓ˜ÌÓÈ Ö‚ÓÔÂ, êÓÒÒËË, ǸÂÚ̇ÏÂ Ë Ú.‰.
AUSTRALIA: çÓχ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ı ‚ Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËË Ë Ú.‰.
ä‡Ì‡Î
ä‡Ì‡Î
CH
US
CCIR
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
OIRT
AUSTRALIA
AU-0
AU-1
AU-2
AU-6
AU-7
AU-8
AU-9
CC
US
CCIR
S-1
S-2
OIRT
AUSTRALIA
CH 02
CH 03
CH 04
CH 05
CH 06
CH 07
CH 08
CH 09
CH 10
CH 11
CH 12
CH 13
CH 14
CH 15
CH 16
CH 17
CH 18
CH 19
CH 20
CH 21
CH 22
CH 23
CH 24
CH 25
CH 26
CH 27
CH 28
CH 29
CH 30
CH 31
CH 32
CH 33
CH 34
CH 35
CH 36
CH 37
CH 38
CH 39
CH 40
CH 41
CH 42
CH 43
CH 44
CH 45
CH 46
CH 47
CH 48
CH 49
CH 50
CH 51
CH 52
CH 53
CH 54
CH 55
CH 56
CH 57
CH 58
CH 59
CH 60
CH 61
CH 62
CH 63
CH 64
CH 65
CH 66
CH 67
CH 68
CH 69
CH 70
US-2
R1
CC 01
CC 02
CC 03
CC 04
CC 05
CC 06
CC 07
CC 08
CC 09
CC 10
CC 11
CC 12
CC 13
CC 14
CC 15
CC 16
CC 17
CC 18
CC 19
CC 20
CC 21
CC 22
CC 23
CC 24
CC 25
CC 26
CC 27
CC 28
CC 29
CC 30
CC 31
CC 32
CC 33
CC 34
CC 35
CC 36
CC 37
CC 38
CC 39
CC 40
CC 41
CC 42
CC 43
CC 44
CC 45
CC 46
CC 47
CC 48
CC 49
CC 50
CC 51
CC 52
CC 53
CC 54
CC 55
CC 56
CC 57
CC 58
CC 59
CC 60
CC 61
CC 62
CC 63
CC 64
CC 75
CC 76
CC 77
CC 78
CC 79
CC 95
CC 96
CC 97
CC 98
CC 99
AU-5
US-3
US-4
US-5
US-6
US-7
US-8
US-9
R2
R6
R7
R8
R9
S-3
S-4
S-5
S-6
AU-5A
S-7
S-8
US-10
US-11
US-12
US-13
US-14
US-15
US-16
US-17
US-18
US-19
US-20
US-21
US-22
US-23
US-24
US-25
US-26
US-27
US-28
US-29
US-30
US-31
US-32
US-33
US-34
US-35
US-36
US-37
US-38
US-39
US-40
US-41
US-42
US-43
US-44
US-45
US-46
US-47
US-48
US-49
US-50
US-51
US-52
US-53
US-54
US-55
US-56
US-57
US-58
US-59
US-60
US-61
US-62
US-63
US-64
US-65
US-66
US-67
US-68
US-69
E10
E11
E12
R10
R11
R12
AU-10
AU-11
S-9
S-10
S-11
S-12
S-13
S-14
S-15
S-16
S-17
S-18
S-19
S-20
S-21
S-22
S-23
S-24
S-25
S-26
S-27
S-28
S-29
S-30
S-31
S-32
S-33
S-34
S-35
S-36
S-37
S-38
S-39
S-40
S-41
A
B
C
D
E
F
E21
E22
E23
E24
E25
E26
E27
E28
E29
E30
E31
E32
E33
E34
E35
E36
E37
E38
E39
E40
E41
E42
E43
E44
E45
E46
E47
E48
E49
E50
E51
E52
E53
E54
E55
E56
E57
E58
E59
E60
E61
E62
E63
E64
E65
E66
E67
E68
E69
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
W+1
W+2
W+3
W+4
W+5
W+6
W+7
W+8
W+9
W+10
W+11
W+12
W+13
W+14
W+15
W+16
W+17
W+18
W+19
W+20
W+21
W+22
W+23
W+24
W+25
W+26
W+27
W+28
X
Y
Z
Z+1
Z+2
R3
R4
R5
AU-3
AU-4
A-5
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
3 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения настройки.
åÂÌ˛ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ
àÏÂÂÚÒfl 4 „ÛÔÔ˚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡. Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ
„ÛÔÔÛ, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ flÁ˚ÍÛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸.
• Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‚˚·Ó‡ „ÛÔÔ˚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚, ‚
ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ÌÂÚ flÁ˚͇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡, ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÌÓχθÌÓ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl.
1 Выберите ЯЗЫКТЕЛЕТЕКСТА
и нажмите кнопку MENU/OK.
2 Нажмите кнопки
выбора группы.
/
для
Группа
Языки
Турецкий, венгерский,
английский, немецкий,
французский, итальянский,
испанский, португальский,
греческий, шведский,
финский
ГPУППА-1
Польский, сербский,
хорватский, словенский,
чешский, словацкий,
румынский, венгерский,
немецкий, французский,
итальянский, шведский,
финский
ГPУППА-2
ГPУППА-3
Русский, болгарский,
латышский, литовский,
эстонский, украинский,
сербский, хорватский,
словенский, чешский,
словацкий, английский,
немецкий
Арабский, чешский,
словацкий, венгерский,
английский, немецкий,
французский,
ГPУППА-4
итальянский, испанский,
португальский, шведский,
финский
34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ä‡Í ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
åÂÌ˛ ÑÖåé
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÑÖåé Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆË˛ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı
ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
Когда функция ДЕМО
установлена на ВКЛ :
ÔË Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËfl.
ÖÒÎË ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËfl Ì Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl,
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÑÖåé ̇ Çõäã.
1 Нажмите кнопку
выбора ВКЛ.
/
для
ÑÎfl ÓÚÏÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÑÖåé ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
Çõäã.
2 Нажмите кнопку MENU/OK
для завершения настройки.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÑÖåé ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl, ‚
ÂÁÛθڇÚ ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËfl.
Для отмены демонстрации:
̇ÊÏËÚ β·Û˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ПОДГОТОВКА
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ
‚̯ÌËı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ‚̯ÌËÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ
ÒıÂÏ˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl.
Перед выполнением любого
подсоединения :
• èÓ˜ÚËÚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó Í ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚Ï
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï. ëÔÓÒÓ· ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl
Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌ˚ı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ Ë ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ÓÚ΢Ì˚Ï ÓÚ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡, ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
̇ ÒıÂÏÂ. äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó, ‰Îfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl
ÌÓχθÌÓÈ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÚ·ӂ‡Ú¸Òfl
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡ ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl.
• Ç˚Íβ˜ËÚ ‚Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒÎÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
• Ç ‡Á‰ÂΠ“íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ‰‡ÌÌ˚” ̇ ÒÚ.
43 ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚÒfl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Ó Ô‡ÌÂÎflı
ÇàÑÖé. Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, Ì ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚
Ô˂‰ÂÌÌ˚È ÌËÊ ÒÔËÒÓÍ, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸
Í ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ‰‡ÌÌ˚” ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ̇˷ÓΠÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
ÇàÑÖé.
• àÏÂÈÚ ‚‚ˉÛ, ˜ÚÓ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂθÌ˚Â
͇·ÂÎË Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË.
• èË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU LINK,
Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚, ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı AV COMPU
LINK” ̇ ÒÚ. 38.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Çå (ÔÓÎÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î)
Çå (Ò˄̇ΠS-VIDEO; Y/C)
Çå ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË (ÔÓÎÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î)
DVD-ÔΠ(ÔÓÎÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î)
DVD-ÔΠ(Ò˄̇ΠS-VIDEO; Y/C)
DVD-ÔÎÂÂ (ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚Â
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î˚; Y/CB/CR
)
7
8
9
0
-
íÇ-Ë„‡ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î)
íÇ-Ë„‡ (Ò˄̇ΠS-VIDEO; Y/C)
ÇˉÂÓ͇χ (ÔÓÎÌ˚È Ò˄̇Î)
ÇˉÂÓ͇χ (Ò˄̇ΠS-VIDEO; Y/C)
ÉÓÎÓ‚Ì˚Â ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚
A
䇷Âθ AV COMPU LINK
36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ
Подсоединение устройства
через панель VIDEO-3/COMPO-
NENT с помощью видеокабеля :
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó Y/VIDEO ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë
„ÌÂÁ‰Ó VIDEO OUT (‚ˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎÂÈ, ‡ Ì ӉÌÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ VIDEO-3 ̇ ÇàÑÖé
Òӄ·ÒÌÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ “VIDEO-3” ̇ ÒÚ. 28.
Способы подсоединения
1 Соедините гнездо VIDEO
телевизора с гнездом VIDEO
OUT (видеовыход) устройства
с помощью видеокабеля.
Подсоединение устройства к
телевизору с помощью кабеля
S-VIDEO :
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ S-
VIDEO) ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ Ò ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ “S”
(S-VIDEO) ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl S-
VIDEO, ‡ Ì ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
àÏÂÈÚ ‚‚ˉÛ, ˜ÚÓ ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÂÒÎË
ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Çå Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ Í‡Í Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl, Ú‡Í Ë Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
͇·ÂÎfl S-VIDEO.
• ç‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-4 „ÌÂÁ‰Ó VIDEO
Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌÓ Í‡Í “V”.
2 Соединение аудиогнезд AUDIO
(L/MONO и R) телевизора и
гнезд AUDIO OUT (аудиовыход
L/R) с помощью аудиокабелей.
Если звуковой сигнал
устройства является
монофоническим :
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ „ÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO OUT ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò
„ÌÂÁ‰ÓÏ L/MONO ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
Соединение DVD-плеера с
телевизором с помощью
компонентного видеокабеля :
B
R
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÚË „ÌÂÁ‰‡ (Y/VIDEO, C Ë C )
Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-3 Ë COMPONENT (ÔÓÎÌ˚È
‚ˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰) „ÌÂÁ‰‡ DVD-Ô· Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ı ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎÂÈ, ‡ ÌÂ
Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
á‡ÚÂÏ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ VIDEO-3 ̇
äéåèéçÖçíçõâ Òӄ·ÒÌÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ
“VIDEO-3” ̇ ÒÚ. 28.
Подсоединение устройств
к панели OUTPUT
ë˄̇Î˚ ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È
ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ë Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl ‚˚ıÓ‰flÚ ËÁ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ OUTPUT. èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌË‚ Çå Í
Ô‡ÌÂÎË OUTPUT, ÏÓÊÌÓ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸
ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡ÂÏ˚ ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ.
ÑÎfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Çå
˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ OUTPUT Òӄ·ÒÌÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ.
• чÌÌ˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ Ò
Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓÏ (Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ
525P). (ÂÒÎË Ì‡ ‚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰‡ÂÚÒfl
ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ˚È ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î).
ÖÒÎË DVD-ÔΠÔÓ‰‡ÂÚ Progressive
‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î˚ (Ò˄̇Î˚ 525P) ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â
ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ı ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚,
ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
ÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌÓ„Ó
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎËÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍË DVD ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â
ËÒıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
1 Соедините гнездо VIDEO
панели OUTPUT с гнездом
VIDEO IN (видеовход)
видеомагнитофона при
помощи видеокабеля.
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ
2 Соедините гнезда AUDIO (L и
R) панели OUTPUT с гнездами
AUDIO IN (аудиовход L/R)
видеомагнитофона при
Примеры работы системы
дистанционного
управления AV COMPU
LINK
ç‡ÊËχfl ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PLAY ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇
ËÎË DVD-Ô·, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡Ú¸
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ ‚̯ÌÂÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
помощи аудиокабеля.
• èË ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÔÂ͇˘‡˛ÚÒfl Ò˄̇Î˚ ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ
OUTPUT.
ÖÒÎË Á‡„ÛÁËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÔÎÂÌÍÛ (̇
͇ÒÒÂÚÂ Ò Û‰‡ÎÂÌÌ˚Ï Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚Ï flÁ˚˜ÍÓÏ) ‚
Çå, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒ¸.
• äÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚ Ò˄̇Î˚, ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡˛˘ËÂ
˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-3/ CéåPéNENT,
ÌÂθÁfl ‚˚‚ÂÒÚË ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ OUTPUT.
ÇÍβ˜‡Ú¸ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡Ú¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ
(̇ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl) Ë
ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ˚ ÇàÑÖé ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔËÂÏÌË͇ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÄV.
Подсоединение головных
телефонов
• ꇷÓÚ‡ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU LINK Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. ëÏ.
ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ ÔÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï.
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌ˚ ÒÓ
ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ ÏËÌ˯ÚÂÍÂÓÏ
(‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ 3,5 ÏÏ) Í „ÌÂÁ‰Û „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı
ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ̇ Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
• èË ‚˚·Ó “áÇìäéÇéÉé
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,
ëéèêéÇéÜÑÖçàü íÇ” ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â
‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
ÔËÂÏÌË͇ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV ÏÓÊÂÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Ò‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ áÇìäÄ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, Ú‡Í
˜ÚÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌË ËÁ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÂ͇ÚËÚÒfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ VOLUME-/+ ËÎË
MUTING ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ áÇìäÄ. Ç ÂÁÛθڇÚÂ
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Á‡Á‚Û˜‡Ú
ÒÌÓ‚‡.
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛˘Ëı
AV COMPU LINK
ëËÒÚÂχ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV
COMPU LINK Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÂ
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËÏË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ÏË ÔË
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÓθÍÓ Ó‰ÌËÏ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ.
èËÏÂÌËÚÂθÌÓ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ, ‚ ÂÁÛθڇÚÂ
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚̯ÌËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ¸ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÏËÎË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÇàÑÖé ÌÂ
Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÔÛθڇ
Условия, при которых
можно использовать
систему дистанционного
управления AV COMPU
LINK
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, Ëϲ˘ÂÂ
‡Á˙ÂÏ AV COMPU LINK.
38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ÑéèéãçàíÖãúçÄü èéÑÉéíéÇäÄ
• çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl AV
COMPU LINK.
䇷Âθ AV COMPU LINK Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚
ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË
͇·ÂÎfl AV COMPU LINK ÌÂÚ, ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
͇·ÂÎfl, ̇ Ó·ÓËı ÍÓ̈‡ı ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó
ËϲÚÒfl 3,5 ÏÏ (ÏÓÌÓ) ¯ÚÂÍÂ˚.
• èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ÔÓ
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ˲ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ‚̯ÌËı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚” ̇
ÒÚ. 36.
2 Соедините гнездо AV COMPU
LINK телевизора с гнездом AV
COMPU LINK устройства с
помощью кабеля AV COMPU
LINK.
3 Измените настройку
устройства в соответствии с
панелью VIDEO, с которой оно
соединено.
• ìÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ Í
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÇàÑÖé Ë
Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸, Ë̇˜Â ÒËÒÚÂχ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU
LINK Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÓχθÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸. ÅÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ÒÏ. ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU LINK”.
Если ВМ соединен с панелью
VIDEO-1 :
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÍÓ‰ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
• íÂ΂ËÁÓ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER
‰ÓÎÊÂÌ „ÓÂÚ¸ ͇ÒÌ˚Ï). ÖÒÎË
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ̇ A.
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ì „ÓËÚ), ÒËÒÚÂχ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl AV COMPU
LINK ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ.
Если DVD-плеер соединен с
панелью VIDEO-1 :
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-
Ô· ̇ DVD2.
Если ВМ соединен с панелью
VIDEO-2 :
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÍÓ‰ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
Настройка системы
дистанционного
управления AV COMPU LINK
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ̇ B.
Если DVD-плеер соединен с
панелью VIDEO-2 :
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-
ВНИМАНИЕ :
• ëÔÓÒÓ·˚ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ ÓÚ΢‡˛ÚÒfl ÓÚ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ÌËÊ ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡. è‰ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËÂÏ
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ó·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ
ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Û.
Ô· ̇ DVD3.
Если DVD-плеер соединен с
панелью VIDEO-3 с помощью
компонентного видеокабеля :
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÂÊËÏ AV COMPULINK DVD-
Ô· ̇ DVD1.
1 Подсоедините устройство к
панели VIDEO-1 или VIDEO-2
телевизора.
• àÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ÔÓ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ ÒÏ. ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ı ÔÓ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï.
При подсоединении DVD-
плеера к телевизору с
помощью компонентного
видеокабеля :
• ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÌÂ
ËÏÂÂÚ ÌË ÍÓ‰‡ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ DVD-ÔÎÂÂ Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË VIDEO-3
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ÌË ÂÊËχ AV COMPULINK,
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ˜ÂÂÁ Ô‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-1.
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Устранение неисправностей
ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ‚ÓÁÌË͇ÂÚ ÔÓ·ÎÂχ, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ ‡Á‰ÂÎ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ
ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ” Ô‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ó·‡˘‡Ú¸Òfl Í Ï‡ÒÚÂÛ. ùÚ‡ ËÌÙÓχˆËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÏÓ˜¸ Ç‡Ï ‚
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËË ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ·ÂÁ ÔÓÒÚÓÓÌÌÂÈ ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë. ÖÒÎË, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ËÎ͇ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
‚˚ÒÍӘ˷ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË ËÎË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚̇ ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇, ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ‚Ô˜‡ÚÎÂÌËÂ, ˜ÚÓ
ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
Внимание :
• Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ‡Á‰ÂΠ‡ÒÒχÚË‚‡˛ÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚, ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÌÂӘ‚ˉÌ˚.
ÖÒÎË Û Ç‡Ò ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ ‚ÓÔÓÒ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ Ò̇˜‡Î‡
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡, ‡ Ì ‡Á‰ÂÎ “ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËÂ
ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ”.
• ÖÒÎË ÌË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÂÍÓÏẨ‡ˆËÈ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ”, ÌË Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËfl ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÛÒÚ‡ÌËÚ¸ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏÛ Ì ۉ‡ÎÓÒ¸, ‚˚̸ÚÂ
‚ËÎÍÛ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË Ë Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í Ï‡ÒÚÂÛ. ç Ô˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸
ÓÚÂÏÓÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ò‡ÏÓÒÚÓflÚÂθÌÓ, Ì ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÈÚ Á‡‰Ì˛˛ Í˚¯ÍÛ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ÖÒÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÌÂ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl
èÎÓıÓ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
• ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂ̇ ̇ ÎË ‚ËÎ͇ ¯ÌÛ‡ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ‚
ÓÁÂÚÍÛ?
• ÖÒÎË ÔÓÏÂıË ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ·ÎÓÍËÛ˛Ú
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË (ÒÌ„) Ô˘Ë̇ ÏÓÊÂÚ
Á‡Íβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÏ Í‡·ÂΠËÎË
‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ. èӂ¸Ú ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ:
• ÉÓËÚ ÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER?
ÖÒÎË ÓÌ Ì „ÓËÚ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÚÂÎfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
臂ËθÌÓ ÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂ̇
‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ?
ç ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ ÎË Í‡·Âθ?
臂ËθÌÓ ÎË ÓËÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì‡
‡ÌÚÂÌ̇?
çÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl/
çÂÚ Á‚Û͇
àÒÔ‡‚̇ ÎË Ò‡Ï‡ ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇?
• ç fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÎË Ò˄̇Π‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ Ò··˚Ï? Ç ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ëàçàâ
îéç – ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÂÚ ÒËÌËÏ, Á‚ÛÍ
ÔÂ͇ÚËÚÒfl. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚Ò Ê ıÓÚËÚÂ
ÒÏÓÚÂÚ¸ ˝ÚÓÚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ
ÓÔËÒ‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË “ëàçàâ îéç” Ì‡
ÒÚ. 26 Ë ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ˝ÚÛ
ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ̇ Çõäã.
• ÖÒÎË ‚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ
̇‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ÓÚ ‰Û„Ëı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚,
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ ËÎË
‰Û„Ë ÔÓÏÂıË. 쉇ÎËÚ ڇÍËÂ
ÔÓÏÂıÓ„ÂÌÂËÛ˛˘Ë ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ͇Í
ÛÒËÎËÚÂÎË, ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂ˚, ÙÂÌ˚, ÓÚ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÎË ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ ‰Û„ÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ. ÖÒÎË ‚
‡ÌÚÂÌÌ ̇‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ÓÚ
• 臂ËθÌ˚ ÎË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ‰Îfl ëàëíÖåõ
áÇìäÄ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·? èÓ˜ÚËÚÂ
ÓÔËÒ‡ÌË “äÌÓÔ͇ SOUND SYSTEM” ̇
ÒÚ. 12 Ë ÔÓÔ˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌËÚ¸
ÔÓ·ÎÂÏÛ.
‡‰ËÓχ˜Ú˚ ËÎË ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ‚ÓθÚÌ˚ı ÎËÌËÈ,
Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ÏÂÒÚÌÓÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ.
• ÖÒÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÔËÌËχÂÚ Ò˄̇Î,
ÓÚ‡ÊÂÌÌ˚È ÓÚ „Ó ËÎË Á‰‡ÌËÈ,
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‰‚ÓËÚ¸Òfl.
èÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÓËÂÌÚ‡ˆË˛
‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ ËÎË Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ¸  ÌÓ‚ÓÈ,
ӷ·‰‡˛˘ÂÈ ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
• Ñ·ÈÚ ÎË ‚˚ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ëàëíÖåÄ
ñÇÖíçéëíà ‰Îfl ÚÂÎÂ͇̇·
Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ?ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËfl ˝ÚÓÈ
ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“äÌÓÔ͇ COLOUR SYSTEM” ̇
ÒÚ. 11.
íÂ΂ËÁÓ ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
• ç ÔÓ‡ ÎË Á‡ÏÂÌËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ‚ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl?
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË Òӄ·ÒÌÓ
ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
·‡Ú‡ÂÂÍ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl” ̇ ÒÚ. 4.
• 臂ËθÌÓ ÎË ÓÚ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ñÇÖí Ë
üêäé? ÑÎfl „ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl” ̇ ÒÚ. 20.
• ç Ô˚Ú‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ÎË Ç˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÛθÚ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl,
• á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ̇ Çå ÌÂ
ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl, Ú.Í. ÓÌ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸Òfl
ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ.
̇ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈÒfl ÒÁ‡‰Ë ËÎË Ò·ÓÍÛ ËÎË Ì‡
‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ·ÓΠ7 Ï ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡?
ê‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÒÔÂÂ‰Ë ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ̇
‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË Ì ·ÓΠ7 Ï ÓÚ Ì„Ó.
• üÍË ·ÂÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (̇ÔËÏÂ,
·ÂÎÓ Ô·ڸÂ) ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚˚„Îfl‰ÂÚ¸ ̇
˝Í‡ÌÂ Í‡Í ˆ‚ÂÚÌ˚Â.
ùÚÓ ÌÂÛÒÚ‡ÌËÏÓ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËÂ,
Ò‚flÁ‡ÌÌÓÂ Ò ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚflÏË ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡,
ÓÌÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
çÂÂÒÚÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÛÚ ÔË
ÛıÓ‰Â Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ flÍÓ„Ó ·ÂÎÓ„Ó
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡
ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÌÂθÁfl. ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‰Îfl ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Ò
ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡ ̇ Ó·˚˜ÌÛ˛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ Ë
ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛.
• ç ‚Íβ˜ÂÌ ÎË áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ? ÖÒÎË
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂ̇
̇ Çäã, ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl Ô‰ÌËÏË
ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂθÁfl.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖâ ̇ Çõäã,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“áÄåéä éí ÑÖíÖ┠̇ ÒÚ. 26.
• èË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı Ëϲ˘ËıÒfl ‚
ÔÓ‰‡Ê ԇÍÂÚÓ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ ËÎË
ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ Ò‰Â·ÌÌ˚ı ‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈ
‚ÂıÌflfl ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ
ËÏÂÚ¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl.
• ÖÒÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ÌÂÁ‡ÔÌÓ ÔÂÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ÍÌÓÔÍÓÈ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. á‡ÚÂÏ Â˘Â ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
‰Îfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. ÖÒÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ
̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÌÓχθÌÓ
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÓÌ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ.
ùÚÓ Ò‚flÁ‡ÌÓ Ò ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓÏ, ‡ Ì Ò
ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
èÎÓıÓ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
Á‚Û͇
• èË ÔËÂÏ Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇ÎÓ‚
(Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ 525P) ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú;
èÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl:
ZOOM, PIP, MULTI, FREEZE Ë ÍÌÓÔ͇
STROÇE.
îÛÌ͈ËË åÖçû:
óÖíäé, ñÇ. íéç, ñàîêéÇÄü ëèÇò,
Digipure Ë ZOOM.
• 臂ËθÌÓ ÎË ÓÚ„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ÅÄë Ë
íÖåÅê? ÖÒÎË ÌÂÚ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ
„ÛÎËÓ‚ÍË, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“ê„ÛÎËӂ͇ Á‚Û͇” ̇ ÒÚ. 24.
• èË ÔÎÓıÓÏ ÔËÂÏ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ÏÓ„ÛÚ
‚ÓÁÌË͇ڸ ÚÛ‰ÌÓÒÚË Ò ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËÂÏ
ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ËÎË ‰‚ÛflÁ˚˜ÌÓ„Ó
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ“CTEPEO / I • II” ̇ ÒÚ. 24,
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÂÒ¸ ̇ ÏÓÌÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÂ
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ.
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
• èË ÔËÍÓÒÌÓ‚ÂÌËË Í ˝Í‡ÌÛ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó˘Û˘‡Ú¸Òfl ΄ÍËÈ
˝ÎÂÍÚ˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áfl‰ ÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
˝ÎÂÍÚ˘ÂÒÚ‚‡. ùÚÓ ÌÂÛÒÚ‡ÌËÏÓÂ
fl‚ÎÂÌËÂ, Ò‚flÁ‡ÌÌÓÂ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ
ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡, ÓÌÓ Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl
ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. í‡ÍÓÈ ÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍËÈ
‡Áfl‰ Ì Ô˘ËÌflÂÚ ‚‰‡ Ó„‡ÌËÁÏÛ
˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇.
ÑÛ„ËÂ ÔÓ·ÎÂÏ˚
• èË ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË íÄâåÖê
ÇõäãûóÖçàü ËÎË ÄÇíé ÇõäãûóÖçàÖ
ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÂ
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ÌÂÁ‡ÔÌÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÎÒfl,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl POWER ‰Îfl „Ó
‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl. ÖÒÎË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ
ÌÓχθÌÓ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸, ÓÌ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ.
• ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË
̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚ Á‚ÛÍ ËÁ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ
íÇ Ì ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Î, ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ TV
ÉêéåäéÉéÇéê. ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ çÄìôçàäà ̇
Çõäã. èÓ‰Ó·Ì˚ ҂‰ÂÌËfl ÒÏ. ÔÓ‰
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ “çÄìôçàäà” Ì‡ ÒÚ. 25.
• ÖÒÎË ‚·ÎËÁË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ó͇ÊÂÚÒfl
χ„ÌËÚÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, Ú‡ÍÓ ͇Í
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂθ, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË
ËÒ͇ÊÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚ ۄ·ı
˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËÂ
ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚. 쉇ÎËÚ χ„ÌËÚÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó
ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË ÔÓÏÂıË ‚ÓÁÌË͇˛Ú
ÓÚ „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ, ÔÂÂȉËÚ ̇
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝Í‡ÌËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı
„ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÈ.
• àÁ-Á‡ ‚ÎËflÌËfl χ„ÌËÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎfl áÂÏÎË
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓËÁÓÈÚË ÔÂÂÍÓÒ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔÂÂÍÓÒ‡
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
“PICTURE TILT” ̇ ÒÚ. 23.
• èË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌËË Ú‡ÍËı ÓÔ‡ˆËÈ Í‡Í
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËÂ Ò ÚÂÎÂ͇̇· ̇
ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Π‚ÓÁÌË͇ÂÚ Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌ˚È
ÔÂÂ˚‚ ‚ Ô‰‡˜Â ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. ùÚÓ
Ì fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. ùÚÓÚ
ÔÂÂ˚‚ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ ‰Îfl ÒÚ‡·ËÎËÁ‡ˆËË
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
• èË ÂÁÍÓÏ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË ÚÂÏÔ‡ÚÛ˚
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸
ÔÓÚÂÒÍË‚‡ÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË Ë
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË ÔË ˝ÚÓÏ
ÌÓχθÌ˚, ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÂÌ. ÖÒÎË
ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓÚÂÒÍË‚‡ÌËÂ
ÔÓËÒıÓ‰ËÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓ, ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ ‰Û„ËÂ
Ô˘ËÌ˚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó fl‚ÎÂÌËfl – ̇ ‚ÒflÍËÈ
ÒÎÛ˜‡È ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÔÓÒËÚ¸ χÒÚ‡
ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Технические данные
íÂ΂¢‡ÚÂθÌ˚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚:
ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË:
ä‡Ì‡Î˚ Ë ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚
B, G, I, D, K, K1, M
PAL, SECAM, NTSC3.58/4,43 MHz
ä‡Ì‡Î ÌËÁÍÓÈ VHF (VL) = 46,25 - 168,25 Ɉ
ä‡Ì‡Î ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ VHF (VH) = 175,25 - 463,25 Ɉ
ä‡Ì‡Î UHF (U)
= 471,25 - 863,25 Ɉ
èËÌËχÂÚ Í‡·ÂθÌ˚ ÚÂÎÂ͇̇Î˚ ‚ Ò‰ÌÂÏ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÂ
(X - Z + 2, S1 - S10), ÒÛÔ‰ˇԇÁÓÌ (S11 - S20) Ë „ËÔ‰ˇԇÁÓÌÂ
(S21 - S41).
ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÛθÚËÔÎÂÍÒÌÓ„Ó
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
ëËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡
üÁ˚ÍË ÚÂÎÂÚÂÍÒÚ‡
èËÚ‡ÌËÂ
A2 (B/G), NICAM (B/G, I, D/K)
FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)
ëÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ“üáõä íÖãÖíÖäëíÄ” ̇ ÒÚ. 34.
èÂ. ÚÓÍ 110 - 240 Ç, 50/60 Ɉ
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰
è‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-1
çÓÏË̇θ̇fl ‚˚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸: 20 ÇÚ + 20 ÇÚ
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3, ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO X 1
• ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰, ‚ıÓ‰ S-VIDEO (Y/C) Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3
è‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-2
• ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.
è‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-3/COMPONENT ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 5
• ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰/ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÌ˚È ‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (Y/C‚/CR) Ë L/R ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚.
• ç‡ ‚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰‡˛ÚÒfl Progressive ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇Î˚ (Ò˄̇Î˚ 525P).
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3, ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO X 1
• ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰, ‚ıÓ‰ S-VIDEO (Y/C) Ë L/R ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚.
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA X 3,
è‡ÌÂθ VIDEO-4
è‡ÌÂθ OUTPUT
• ÇˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰˚ L/R.
ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó „ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÓ‚ ëÚÂÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ ÏËÌË„ÌÂÁ‰Ó (‰Ë‡ÏÂÚ 3,5 ÏÏ)
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl X 1 (RM-C214)
ŇڇÂÈÍË AA/R6 X 2
ÉÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË
HV-34LPZ: 12 ÒÏ, ÍÛ„Î˚Â, x2. 3.5 ÒÏ, ÍÛ„Î˚Â, x2.
HV-29LPZ: 10 ÒÏ, ÍÛ„Î˚Â, x2. 3.5 ÒÏ, ÍÛ„Î˚Â, x2.
HV-34LPZ: å‡ÍÒËχθ̇fl 255 ÇÚ, Ò‰Ìflfl 170 ÇÚ
HV-29LPZ: å‡ÍÒËχθ̇fl 254 ÇÚ, Ò‰Ìflfl 170 ÇÚ
HV-34LPZ: äËÌÂÒÍÓÔ 87ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl 80 ÒÏ
HV-29LPZ: äËÌÂÒÍÓÔ 73ÒÏ ê‡ÁÏ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl 68 ÒÏ
HV-34LPZ: 898 ÏÏ X 728 ÏÏ X 579 ÏÏ
èÓÚ·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
ê‡ÁÏ ÍËÌÂÒÍÓÔ‡
(ÔÓ ‰Ë‡„Ó̇ÎË)
ɇ·‡ËÚ˚ (Ñ X Ç X ò)
HV-29LPZ: 732 ÏÏ X 588 ÏÏ X 518 ÏÏ
ÇÂÒ
HV-34LPZ: 75 Í„
HV-29LPZ: 48 Í„
Конструкция и технические данные могут быть изменены без
уведомления.
àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl, ÔÓÎÛ˜‡ÂÏ˚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‚ ÂÁÛθڇÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ZOOM
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, Á‡Ô¢‡ÂÚÒfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îfl ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÍÓÏϘÂÒÍËı ËÎË
‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚ‡ˆËÓÌÌ˚ı ˆÂÎÂÈ ‚ Ó·˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı (͇ÙÂ, „ÓÒÚËÌˈ‡ı Ë Ú.Ô.) ·ÂÁ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl
Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Òӄ·ÒËfl ÓÚ ‚·‰ÂθˆÂ‚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚ ̇ ËÒıÓ‰Ì˚È ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|